Bump version to 24.5 for the release-candidate
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobd43f87773b087476ea0391b377197bfe87ff2435
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21710 25077 669662 508000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21781 3656
69 ;;;;;; 19151 849000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21710 25077
89 ;;;;;; 676662 476000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21781 3656
100 ;;;;;; 19151 849000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21781 3656 81152
112 ;;;;;; 93000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21710 25077
242 ;;;;;; 508663 225000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21710 25077 464663 422000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21710 25077 466663 413000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21781
841 ;;;;;; 3655 842151 152000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21781 3655 981151
900 ;;;;;; 699000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21710 25077 670662
922 ;;;;;; 503000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21710 25077 466663
955 ;;;;;; 413000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21710
982 ;;;;;; 25077 676662 476000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21781 3655 850151
1019 ;;;;;; 183000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21781 3655 842151 152000))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153 ;;;***
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21781 3655 842151
1156 ;;;;;; 152000))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174 ;;;***
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21710 25077 467663 408000))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1196 The variables are:
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243 \(fn)" t nil)
1245 ;;;***
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21781 3670
1248 ;;;;;; 716209 743000))
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1263 How to submit a bug report
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1344 Settings
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1360 Drawing with keys
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1381 Arrows
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1390 Selecting operation
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1416 Variables
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441 Hooks
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1446 Keymap summary
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452 ;;;***
1454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21710 25077
1455 ;;;;;; 677662 472000))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1480 ;;;***
1482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21781
1483 ;;;;;; 3655 921151 463000))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493 ;;;***
1495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21710 25077 467663
1496 ;;;;;; 408000))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1501 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1515 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1517 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520 For example:
1521 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1524 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1525 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1536 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554 ;;;***
1556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21710 25077
1557 ;;;;;; 677662 472000))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563 \(fn)" t nil)
1565 ;;;***
1567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21781 3655 842151
1568 ;;;;;; 152000))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 \(fn)" t nil)
1577 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1589 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604 ;;;***
1606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21781
1607 ;;;;;; 3655 881151 305000))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1615 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1616 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1619 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1620 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1621 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1622 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1629 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1630 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1631 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1632 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1635 directory or directories specified.
1637 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1638 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1639 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1640 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1641 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1642 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1647 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1648 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1649 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1650 should be non-nil).
1652 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654 ;;;***
1656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21781 3655 844151
1657 ;;;;;; 160000))
1658 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1660 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1661 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1662 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1663 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1664 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1666 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1667 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1668 disk changes.
1670 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1671 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1672 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1677 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1679 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1680 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1682 \(fn)" nil nil)
1684 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1685 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1686 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1687 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1688 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1690 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1691 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1692 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1693 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1694 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1696 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1697 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1698 writing before you save the file!
1700 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1704 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1705 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1707 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1708 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1710 \(fn)" nil nil)
1712 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1713 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1714 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1717 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1719 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1721 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1722 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1724 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1725 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1727 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1728 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1729 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1731 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1732 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1733 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1734 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1735 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1737 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1738 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1739 specifies in the mode line.
1741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1743 ;;;***
1745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21710 25077 467663 408000))
1746 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1748 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1749 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1750 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1751 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1752 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1754 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1756 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1757 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1758 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1759 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1761 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1762 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1763 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1765 Effects of the different modes:
1766 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1767 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1768 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1769 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1770 a random distance & direction.
1771 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1772 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1773 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1775 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1776 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1777 definition of \"random distance\".)
1779 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1781 ;;;***
1783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21710 25077
1784 ;;;;;; 677662 472000))
1785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1787 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1789 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1790 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1792 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1793 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1794 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1796 \\{bat-mode-map}
1798 \(fn)" t nil)
1800 ;;;***
1802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21781 3655 844151 160000))
1803 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1804 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1806 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1807 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1808 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1809 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1811 \(fn)" t nil)
1813 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1814 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1815 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1817 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1818 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1820 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1822 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1823 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1824 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1825 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1826 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1828 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1829 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1830 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1831 seconds.
1833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1835 ;;;***
1837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21710
1838 ;;;;;; 25077 509663 221000))
1839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1841 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1842 Time execution of FORMS.
1843 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1844 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1845 FORMS once.
1846 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1847 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1848 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1850 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1852 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1854 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1855 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1856 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1857 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1858 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1860 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1862 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1864 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1865 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1866 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1867 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1868 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1870 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1872 ;;;***
1874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21781 3656
1875 ;;;;;; 69152 46000))
1876 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1878 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1879 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1880 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1881 of corresponding buffers.
1882 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1883 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1884 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1885 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1886 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1888 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1889 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1890 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1892 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1894 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1895 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1897 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1899 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1900 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1901 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1902 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1904 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1905 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1906 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1907 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1908 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1910 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1911 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1914 Special information:
1916 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1918 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1919 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1920 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1921 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1922 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1923 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1924 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1925 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1926 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1927 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1928 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1930 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1931 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1932 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1933 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1934 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1935 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1936 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1937 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1939 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1941 ----------------------------------------------------------
1942 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1943 if that value is non-nil.
1945 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1947 \(fn)" t nil)
1949 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1950 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1951 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1952 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1953 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1954 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1955 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1956 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1957 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1958 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1959 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1960 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1962 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1964 ;;;***
1966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1967 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 722662 271000))
1968 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1970 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1971 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1973 \(fn)" t nil)
1975 ;;;***
1977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21710 25077 600662
1978 ;;;;;; 815000))
1979 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1981 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1982 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1984 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1985 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1986 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1988 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1990 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1991 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1995 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1996 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1998 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2000 ;;;***
2002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21710 25077
2003 ;;;;;; 670662 503000))
2004 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2006 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2007 Play blackbox.
2008 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2010 What is blackbox?
2012 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2013 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2014 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2015 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2016 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2017 your score.
2019 Overview of play:
2021 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2022 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2023 four.
2025 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2026 movement keys.
2028 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2029 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2031 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2032 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2034 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2035 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2036 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2037 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2038 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2039 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2041 Details:
2043 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2045 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2046 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2047 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2048 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2050 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2051 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2052 denoted by the letter `R'.
2054 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2055 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2056 denoted by the letter `H'.
2058 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2059 example.
2061 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2062 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2063 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2064 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2065 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2066 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2067 ray.
2069 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2070 degree deflection it causes.
2073 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2076 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2083 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2084 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2089 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2097 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2098 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2099 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2100 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2101 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2102 emerging from the box.
2104 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2111 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2116 a reflection.
2118 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2120 ;;;***
2122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21781 3655 845151
2123 ;;;;;; 164000))
2124 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2125 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2126 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2129 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2130 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2131 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2132 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2133 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2134 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2135 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2137 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2138 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2139 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2141 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2142 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2143 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2144 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2145 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2146 recent one.
2148 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2149 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2150 yank successive words.
2152 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2153 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2154 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2155 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2156 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2158 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2159 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2160 the list of bookmarks.)
2162 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2164 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2165 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2166 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2167 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2168 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2169 this.
2171 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2172 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2173 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2174 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2176 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2177 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2179 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2180 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2181 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2183 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2186 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2188 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2190 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2191 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2193 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2194 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2195 after a bookmark was set in it.
2197 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2200 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2202 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2203 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2205 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2207 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2209 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2210 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2211 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2212 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2215 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2216 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2218 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2219 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2220 name.
2222 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2224 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2225 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2226 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2228 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2229 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2230 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2231 this.
2233 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2235 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2236 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2238 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2239 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2240 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2241 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2242 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2243 probably because we were called from there.
2245 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2247 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2248 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2249 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2251 \(fn)" t nil)
2253 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2254 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2255 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2256 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2257 \(second argument).
2259 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2260 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2261 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2262 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2263 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2265 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2266 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2267 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2268 `bookmark-default-file'.
2270 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2272 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2273 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2274 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2275 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2276 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2277 while loading.
2279 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2280 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2281 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2282 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2283 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2284 explicitly.
2286 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2287 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2288 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2290 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2292 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2293 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2294 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2295 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2296 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2298 \(fn)" t nil)
2300 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2302 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2304 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2305 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2307 \(fn)" t nil)
2309 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2311 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2313 ;;;***
2315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21781 3670
2316 ;;;;;; 701209 684000))
2317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2319 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2320 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2321 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2322 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2324 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2325 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2326 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2327 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2328 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2330 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2332 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2333 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2334 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2335 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2336 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2337 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2339 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2341 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2343 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2344 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2345 narrowed.
2347 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2350 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2352 \(fn)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2357 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2359 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2361 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2362 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2363 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2364 first, if that exists.
2366 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2368 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2369 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2370 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2371 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2377 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2378 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2379 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2380 to use.
2382 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2384 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2385 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2386 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2387 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2389 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2393 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2394 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2396 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2397 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2398 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2399 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2402 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2403 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2405 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2406 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2413 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2417 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2418 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2421 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2422 new tab in an existing window instead.
2424 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2425 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2427 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2429 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2430 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2431 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2432 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2434 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2435 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2436 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2439 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2440 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2442 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2443 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 On MS Windows, this ignores `browse-url-new-window-flag' and
2446 `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab', as well as the NEW-WINDOW argument.
2447 It always uses a new window.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2452 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2453 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2454 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2455 Chromium.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2460 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2461 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2462 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2464 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2465 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2466 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2467 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2469 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2470 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2471 new tab in an existing window instead.
2473 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2474 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2479 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2485 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2486 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2488 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2489 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2490 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2491 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2493 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2494 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2498 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2499 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2501 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2502 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2503 program is invoked according to the variable
2504 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2506 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2507 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2508 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2509 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2511 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2512 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2516 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2517 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2518 Default to the URL around or before point.
2520 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2521 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2522 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2524 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2525 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2526 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2527 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2529 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2530 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2534 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2535 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2536 Default to the URL around or before point.
2538 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2539 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2540 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2543 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2547 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2548 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2549 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2550 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2552 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2554 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2555 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2556 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2557 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2558 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2559 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2564 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2565 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2566 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2567 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2569 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2570 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2571 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2572 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2574 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2575 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2579 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2580 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2581 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2582 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2584 current one.
2586 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2587 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2588 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2589 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2591 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2592 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2594 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2596 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2597 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2598 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2599 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2600 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2601 don't offer a form of remote control.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point.
2609 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2611 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2612 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2613 Default to the URL around the point.
2615 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2616 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2618 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2619 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2621 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2623 ;;;***
2625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21781 3655 845151 164000))
2626 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2627 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2629 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2630 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2631 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2632 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2634 \(fn)" t nil)
2636 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2637 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2638 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2639 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2641 \(fn)" t nil)
2643 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2644 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2646 \(fn)" t nil)
2648 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2649 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2650 \\<bs-mode-map>
2651 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2652 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2653 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2654 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2656 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2657 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2658 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2659 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2660 name of buffer configuration.
2662 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2664 ;;;***
2666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21781 3656 13151
2667 ;;;;;; 825000))
2668 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2670 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2671 Play Bubbles game.
2672 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2673 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2674 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2675 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2676 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2677 columns on its right towards the left.
2679 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2680 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2684 \(fn)" t nil)
2686 ;;;***
2688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2689 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 677662 472000))
2690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2692 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2694 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2695 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2697 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2698 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2702 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2703 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2707 ;;;***
2709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21781
2710 ;;;;;; 3655 883151 313000))
2711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2712 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2713 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2714 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2716 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2718 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2719 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2720 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2721 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2722 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2723 else the global value will be modified.
2725 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2727 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2728 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2729 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2730 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2731 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2732 else the global value will be modified.
2734 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2736 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2737 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2738 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2740 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2742 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2743 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2744 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2745 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2747 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2748 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2749 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2750 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2751 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2752 before scanning it.
2754 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2755 that already has a `.elc' file.
2757 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2758 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2760 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2761 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2762 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2763 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2764 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2765 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2767 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2769 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2770 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2771 Print the result in the echo area.
2772 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2776 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2777 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2778 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2780 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2782 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2783 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2784 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2785 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2786 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2787 all functions called by those functions.
2789 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2790 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2791 cons, etc.).
2793 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2794 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2795 invoked interactively.
2797 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2799 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2800 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2801 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2802 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2804 \(fn)" nil nil)
2806 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2807 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2808 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2809 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2810 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2811 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2812 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2813 already up-to-date.
2815 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2819 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2820 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2822 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2823 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2824 and corresponding effects.
2826 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2828 ;;;***
2830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21781
2831 ;;;;;; 3655 851151 187000))
2832 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2834 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2836 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2838 ;;;***
2840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21781 3655
2841 ;;;;;; 851151 187000))
2842 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2844 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 ;;;***
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21781
2853 ;;;;;; 3655 851151 187000))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2856 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2857 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2858 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2859 from the cursor position.
2861 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2863 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2865 ;;;***
2867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21781 3655 850151 183000))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2869 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2871 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2872 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2876 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2877 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2879 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2881 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2882 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2884 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2886 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2887 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2889 \(fn)" t nil)
2891 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2892 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2893 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2894 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2896 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2898 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2899 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2900 This is most useful in the X window system.
2901 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2902 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2904 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2906 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2907 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2908 See calc-keypad for details.
2910 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2912 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2913 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2915 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2917 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2918 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2920 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2922 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2923 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2925 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2927 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2928 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2929 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2931 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2933 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2934 Define Calc function.
2936 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2937 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2938 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2940 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2941 actual Lisp function name.
2943 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2945 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2947 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2949 ;;;***
2951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21710 25077
2952 ;;;;;; 475663 372000))
2953 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2955 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2958 \(fn N)" t nil)
2960 ;;;***
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21781 3655 850151
2963 ;;;;;; 183000))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2966 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2967 Run the Emacs calculator.
2968 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2970 \(fn)" t nil)
2972 ;;;***
2974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21781 3655
2975 ;;;;;; 852151 191000))
2976 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2978 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2979 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2980 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2981 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2982 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2983 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2985 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2986 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2987 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2988 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2989 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2990 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2991 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2992 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2993 window.
2995 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2996 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2998 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2999 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3000 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3001 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3002 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3003 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3005 Runs the following hooks:
3007 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3008 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3009 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3010 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3012 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3016 ;;;***
3018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21710 25077 549663
3019 ;;;;;; 43000))
3020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3022 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3023 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3025 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3027 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3028 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3029 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3030 it fails.
3032 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3034 ;;;***
3036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21781
3037 ;;;;;; 3656 19151 849000))
3038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3040 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3041 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3042 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3043 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3044 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3046 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3047 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3048 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3049 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3050 restriction to ASCII.
3052 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3054 capitalizedWorDD
3055 ^ ^ ^^
3057 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3058 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3059 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3061 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3062 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3063 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3064 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3065 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3066 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3067 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3069 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3070 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3074 ;;;***
3076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21781
3077 ;;;;;; 3656 25151 873000))
3078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3080 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3081 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3083 \(fn)" nil nil)
3085 ;;;***
3087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21781 3656
3088 ;;;;;; 26151 877000))
3089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3091 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3092 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3094 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3095 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3097 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3098 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3100 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3111 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3112 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3113 made from scratch.
3115 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3117 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3118 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3120 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3122 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3123 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3124 made from scratch.
3126 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3128 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3129 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3131 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3132 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3133 made from scratch.
3135 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3137 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3138 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3140 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3142 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3143 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3144 made from scratch.
3146 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3149 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3151 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3152 variables are guessed:
3154 * `c-basic-offset', and
3155 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3156 `c-offsets-alist'.
3158 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3159 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3161 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3162 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3164 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3165 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3166 guess is made from scratch.
3168 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3169 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3171 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3173 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3174 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3175 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3176 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3178 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3179 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3180 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3182 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3184 ;;;***
3186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21781 3670
3187 ;;;;;; 711209 723000))
3188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3190 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3191 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3192 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3193 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3194 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3195 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3196 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3198 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3204 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3205 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3206 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3208 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3209 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3210 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3211 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3212 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3213 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3215 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3217 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3218 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3220 Key bindings:
3221 \\{c-mode-map}
3223 \(fn)" t nil)
3225 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3226 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3228 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3229 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3230 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3231 message.
3233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3235 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3236 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3238 Key bindings:
3239 \\{c++-mode-map}
3241 \(fn)" t nil)
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3244 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3245 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3247 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3248 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3249 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3250 message.
3252 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3254 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3255 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3257 Key bindings:
3258 \\{objc-mode-map}
3260 \(fn)" t nil)
3261 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3263 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3264 Major mode for editing Java code.
3265 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3266 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3267 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3268 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3269 message.
3271 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3273 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3274 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3276 Key bindings:
3277 \\{java-mode-map}
3279 \(fn)" t nil)
3280 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3282 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3283 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3284 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3285 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3286 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3287 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3288 message.
3290 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3292 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3293 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3295 Key bindings:
3296 \\{idl-mode-map}
3298 \(fn)" t nil)
3299 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3302 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3305 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3306 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3308 message.
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3312 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3313 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3315 Key bindings:
3316 \\{pike-mode-map}
3318 \(fn)" t nil)
3319 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3320 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3322 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3323 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3325 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3326 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3327 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3328 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3329 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3330 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3337 Key bindings:
3338 \\{awk-mode-map}
3340 \(fn)" t nil)
3342 ;;;***
3344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21781
3345 ;;;;;; 3656 29151 888000))
3346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3348 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3349 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3350 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3351 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3353 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3355 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3356 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3357 might get set too.
3359 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3360 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3361 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3362 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3363 in this way.
3365 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3366 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3367 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3368 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3369 a null operation.
3371 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3373 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3374 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3375 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3376 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3378 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3380 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3381 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3382 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3384 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3386 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3387 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3388 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3389 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3390 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3392 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3394 ;;;***
3396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21781 3656
3397 ;;;;;; 29151 888000))
3398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3399 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3400 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3401 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3403 ;;;***
3405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21781 3655 958151
3406 ;;;;;; 609000))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3409 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3410 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3412 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3414 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3415 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3417 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3419 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3420 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3422 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3423 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3424 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3425 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3426 execution.
3428 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3430 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3432 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3433 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3435 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3436 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3437 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3438 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3440 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3441 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3442 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3443 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3444 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3445 `write' commands.
3447 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3448 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3449 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3450 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3452 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3453 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3454 semantics.
3456 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3458 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3460 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3462 STATEMENT :=
3463 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3464 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3466 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3467 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3468 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3469 | integer
3471 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3473 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3474 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3475 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3477 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3478 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3479 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3481 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3482 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3484 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3485 BREAK := (break)
3487 REPEAT :=
3488 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3489 (repeat)
3490 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3491 ;; (repeat))
3492 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3493 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3494 ;; (read REG)
3495 ;; (repeat))
3496 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3497 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3498 ;; (read REG)
3499 ;; (repeat))
3500 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3502 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3503 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3504 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3505 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3506 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3507 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3508 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3509 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3510 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3511 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3512 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3513 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3514 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3515 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3516 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3517 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3519 WRITE :=
3520 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3521 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3522 ;; representation.
3523 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3524 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3525 ;; (write r7))
3526 | (write EXPRESSION)
3527 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3528 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3529 ;; representation.
3530 | (write integer)
3531 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3532 ;; buffer.
3533 | (write string)
3534 ;; Same as: (write string)
3535 | string
3536 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3537 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3538 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3539 ;; representation.
3540 | (write REG ARRAY)
3541 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3542 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3543 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3544 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3545 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3546 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3548 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3549 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3551 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3552 END := (end)
3554 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3555 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3556 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3558 ARG := REG | integer
3560 OPERATOR :=
3561 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3562 + | - | * | / | %
3564 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3565 | & | `|' | ^
3567 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3568 | << | >>
3570 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3571 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3572 | <8
3574 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3575 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3576 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3577 | >8
3579 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3580 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3581 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3582 | //
3584 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3585 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3587 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3588 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3591 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3592 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3593 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3594 | de-sjis
3596 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3597 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3598 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3599 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3600 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3601 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3602 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3603 ;; byte of SJIS.
3604 | en-sjis
3606 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3607 ;; Same meaning as C code
3608 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3610 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3611 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3612 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3613 | <8=
3615 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3616 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3617 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3619 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3620 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3621 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3622 | //=
3624 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3627 TRANSLATE :=
3628 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3629 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3630 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3631 LOOKUP :=
3632 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3633 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3634 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3635 MAP :=
3636 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3637 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3638 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3639 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3640 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3641 MAP-ID := integer
3643 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3645 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3647 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3648 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3649 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3650 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3651 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3652 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3654 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3656 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3657 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3658 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3660 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3662 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3664 ;;;***
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21781 3655 884151
3667 ;;;;;; 317000))
3668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3670 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3671 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3672 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3673 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3675 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3677 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3679 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3680 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3682 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3684 ;;;***
3686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21710 25077 484663
3687 ;;;;;; 333000))
3688 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3689 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3691 ;;;***
3693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21781 3656
3694 ;;;;;; 30151 892000))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3696 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3698 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3699 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3700 There are no special keybindings by default.
3702 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3703 to the action header.
3705 \(fn)" t nil)
3707 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3708 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3709 There are no special keybindings by default.
3711 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3712 to the action header.
3714 \(fn)" t nil)
3716 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3717 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3718 on the buffer contents
3720 \(fn)" nil nil)
3722 ;;;***
3724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21781 3655 885151
3725 ;;;;;; 321000))
3726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3727 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3729 ;;;***
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3732 ;;;;;; (21781 3655 886151 325000))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3735 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3736 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3737 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3739 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3741 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3742 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3743 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3745 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3747 ;;;***
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21781
3750 ;;;;;; 3655 886151 325000))
3751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3752 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3753 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3754 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3755 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3762 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3765 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3769 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3770 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3771 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3772 the users will view as each check is completed.
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3777 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3778 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3779 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3780 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3781 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3782 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3783 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3785 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3787 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3788 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3789 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3790 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3791 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3792 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3793 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3794 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3796 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3798 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3799 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3800 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3801 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3802 spacing are all verified.
3804 \(fn)" t nil)
3806 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3807 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3808 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3809 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3810 otherwise stop after the first error.
3812 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3815 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3816 Only documentation strings are checked.
3817 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3818 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3819 a separate buffer.
3821 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3823 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3824 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3825 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3826 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3827 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3832 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3833 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3834 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3835 if there is one.
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3840 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3842 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3843 if there is one.
3844 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3846 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3849 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3850 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3855 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3856 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3857 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3858 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3863 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3864 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3865 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3866 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3867 space at the end of each line.
3869 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3872 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3873 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3874 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3879 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3880 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3881 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3886 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3887 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3888 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3935 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3937 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3938 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3940 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3941 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3942 checking of documentation strings.
3944 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3948 ;;;***
3950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21710
3951 ;;;;;; 25077 586662 878000))
3952 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3954 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3955 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3956 Return the length of resulting text.
3958 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3960 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3961 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3963 \(fn)" t nil)
3965 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3966 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3967 Return the length of resulting text.
3969 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3971 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3972 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3974 \(fn)" t nil)
3976 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3979 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3981 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3984 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3986 ;;;***
3988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21710 25077 500663
3989 ;;;;;; 261000))
3990 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3992 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3993 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3994 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3995 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3996 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3997 editing and the result is evaluated.
3999 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4001 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4002 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4003 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4004 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4005 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4007 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4009 \(fn)" t nil)
4011 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4012 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4013 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4014 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4015 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4017 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4018 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4019 \\{command-history-map}
4021 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4022 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4026 ;;;***
4028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21781
4029 ;;;;;; 3655 886151 325000))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4032 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4033 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4034 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4035 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4036 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4037 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4038 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4039 of this function.
4041 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4042 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4043 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4044 property are:
4046 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4047 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4049 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4050 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4051 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4052 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4053 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4054 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4055 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4056 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4057 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4058 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4059 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4060 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4062 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4063 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4064 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4066 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4067 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4068 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4069 list elements are:
4071 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4073 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4075 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4077 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4078 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4080 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4081 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4083 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4084 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4085 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4086 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4087 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4088 value specified by their associated list element.
4090 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4092 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4093 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4094 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4096 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4097 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4098 * indent the first argument by 4.
4099 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4100 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4101 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4103 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4105 ;;;***
4107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21781 3655
4108 ;;;;;; 887151 329000))
4109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4110 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4112 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4114 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4115 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4116 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4117 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4118 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4119 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4121 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4122 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4124 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4126 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4128 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4130 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4132 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4134 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4136 ;;;***
4138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21710 25077
4139 ;;;;;; 683662 445000))
4140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4142 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4143 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4144 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4145 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4147 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4148 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4149 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4150 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4152 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4153 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4155 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4157 ;;;***
4159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21710 25077 500663
4160 ;;;;;; 261000))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4163 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4164 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4165 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4166 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4167 of `scheme-program-name').
4168 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4169 it is given as initial input.
4170 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4171 discards input when it starts up.
4172 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4173 is run).
4174 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4176 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4178 ;;;***
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21710 25077 500663 261000))
4181 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4183 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4184 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4185 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4186 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4188 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4189 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4191 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4192 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4193 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4195 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4197 ;;;***
4199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21781 3670 684209 617000))
4200 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4202 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4203 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4204 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4205 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4206 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4207 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4208 functions have already modified the buffer.
4210 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4212 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4213 either globally or locally.")
4215 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4216 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4217 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4218 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4220 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4221 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4222 `start-file-process'
4223 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4224 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4225 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4227 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4228 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4230 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4232 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4234 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4236 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4238 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4239 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4240 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4241 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4242 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4243 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4244 process as its initial input.
4246 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4248 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4250 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4252 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4253 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4254 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4255 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4256 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4257 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4259 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4261 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4262 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4263 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4264 directory tracking functions.")
4266 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4267 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4268 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4270 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4272 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4274 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4275 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4276 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4278 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4280 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4282 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4283 Send COMMAND to current process.
4284 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4285 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4287 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4289 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4290 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4291 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4292 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4294 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4296 ;;;***
4298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21781 3656 81152
4299 ;;;;;; 93000))
4300 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4302 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4303 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4304 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4305 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4307 This command pushes the mark in each window
4308 at the prior location of point in that window.
4309 If both windows display the same buffer,
4310 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4311 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4313 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4314 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4315 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4316 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4317 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4318 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4319 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4320 ignored.
4322 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4323 this command work in interlaced mode:
4324 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4325 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4326 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4328 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4330 ;;;***
4332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21781 3656
4333 ;;;;;; 30151 892000))
4334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4336 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4337 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4339 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4341 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4342 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4343 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4345 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4347 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4348 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4349 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4351 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4353 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4354 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4355 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4356 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4357 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4359 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4360 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4361 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4362 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4363 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4365 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4366 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4367 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4368 describing how the process finished.")
4370 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4371 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4372 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4373 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4374 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4376 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4377 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4378 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4380 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4382 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4383 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4384 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4385 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4387 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4389 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4390 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4392 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4393 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4395 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4396 (lambda ()
4397 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4398 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4399 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4400 (concat \"make -k \"
4401 (if buffer-file-name
4402 (shell-quote-argument
4403 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4405 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4406 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4408 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4409 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4410 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4411 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4413 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4415 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4416 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4417 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4418 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4420 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4421 and move to the source code that caused it.
4423 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4424 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4426 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4427 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4428 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4429 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4430 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4432 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4433 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4434 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4435 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4437 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4438 kills its subprocesses.
4440 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4441 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4442 to a function that generates a unique name.
4444 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4446 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4447 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4448 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4449 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4451 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4452 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4454 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4455 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4456 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4457 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4459 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4460 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4461 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4463 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4465 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4467 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4468 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4469 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4470 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4471 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4473 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4475 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4477 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4479 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4481 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4482 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4483 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4484 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4485 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4487 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4488 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4489 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4490 See `compilation-mode'.
4492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4494 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4495 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4497 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4498 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4500 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4501 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4502 `compilation-mode'.
4504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4506 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4507 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4508 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4510 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4512 ;;;***
4514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21781 3655 877151
4515 ;;;;;; 290000))
4516 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4518 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4519 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4520 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4521 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4522 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4523 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4525 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4527 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4528 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4529 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4530 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4531 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4535 ;;;***
4537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21781
4538 ;;;;;; 3656 69152 46000))
4539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4541 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4542 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4543 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4544 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4545 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4546 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4547 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4549 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4550 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4551 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4553 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4554 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4555 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4557 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4558 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4559 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4560 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4562 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4563 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4564 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4565 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4566 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4567 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4568 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4570 \\{conf-mode-map}
4572 \(fn)" t nil)
4574 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4575 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4576 Comments start with `#'.
4577 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4579 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4581 \[Desktop Entry]
4582 Encoding=UTF-8
4583 Name=The GIMP
4584 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4585 Name[cs]=GIMP
4587 \(fn)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4591 Comments start with `;'.
4592 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4594 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4596 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4597 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4598 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4600 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4601 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4603 \(fn)" t nil)
4605 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4606 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4607 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4608 between `/*' and `*/'.
4609 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4611 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4612 // another kind of comment
4613 /* yet another */
4615 name:value
4616 name=value
4617 name value
4618 x.1 =
4619 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4620 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4622 \(fn)" t nil)
4624 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4625 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4626 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4627 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4628 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4629 `conf-space-keywords'.
4630 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4631 in an interactive fashion instead.
4633 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4635 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4637 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4638 image/png png
4639 image/tiff tiff tif
4641 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4642 class desktop
4643 # Standard multimedia devices
4644 add /dev/audio desktop
4645 add /dev/mixer desktop
4647 \(fn)" t nil)
4649 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4650 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4651 See `conf-space-mode'.
4653 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4655 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4656 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4657 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4658 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4660 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4662 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4663 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4665 \(fn)" t nil)
4667 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4668 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4669 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4670 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4672 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4674 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4675 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4677 \(fn)" t nil)
4679 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4680 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4681 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4682 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4684 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4686 *background: gray99
4687 *foreground: black
4689 \(fn)" t nil)
4691 ;;;***
4693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21710 25077 670662
4694 ;;;;;; 503000))
4695 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4697 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4698 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4699 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4700 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4701 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4702 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4704 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4706 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4707 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4708 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4709 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4711 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4713 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4714 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4715 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4716 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4718 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4720 ;;;***
4722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21710
4723 ;;;;;; 25077 513663 203000))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4725 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4726 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4727 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4729 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4730 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4731 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4732 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4733 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4734 following the copyright are updated as well.
4735 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4736 interactively.
4738 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4740 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4741 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4742 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4743 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4744 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4746 \(fn)" t nil)
4748 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4749 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4751 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4753 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4754 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4755 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4757 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4759 ;;;***
4761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21781
4762 ;;;;;; 3656 32151 900000))
4763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4764 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4765 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4766 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4767 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4768 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4769 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4770 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4772 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4773 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4774 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4775 Tab indents for Perl code.
4776 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4777 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4779 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4780 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4781 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4782 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4783 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4784 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4785 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4786 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4787 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4788 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4789 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4790 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4792 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4794 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4795 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4797 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4799 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4800 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4801 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4802 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4803 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4804 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4805 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4806 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4807 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4809 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4811 bite if angry;
4813 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4814 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4815 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4816 to nil.)
4818 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4819 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4820 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4822 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4824 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4825 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4826 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4827 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4828 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4830 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4832 if (A) { B }
4834 into
4836 B if A;
4838 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4840 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4841 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4842 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4843 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4844 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4845 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4846 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4847 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4848 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4849 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4850 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4851 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4852 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4854 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4855 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4856 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4857 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4858 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4859 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4861 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4862 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4863 man via menu.
4865 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4866 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4867 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4868 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4869 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4871 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4872 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4873 span the needed amount of lines.
4875 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4876 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4877 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4878 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4880 Variables controlling indentation style:
4881 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4882 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4883 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4884 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4885 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4886 `cperl-auto-newline'
4887 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4888 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4889 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4890 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4891 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4892 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4893 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4894 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4895 `cperl-indent-level'
4896 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4897 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4898 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4899 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4900 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4901 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4902 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4903 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4904 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4905 `cperl-brace-offset'
4906 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4907 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4908 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4909 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4910 `cperl-label-offset'
4911 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4912 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4913 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4915 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4916 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4917 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4918 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4919 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4920 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4922 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4923 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4924 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4925 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4927 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4928 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4929 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4930 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4931 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4932 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4933 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4935 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4936 column 0 is indented on
4937 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4939 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4940 with no args.
4942 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4943 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4944 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4946 \(fn)" t nil)
4948 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4949 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4951 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4953 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4954 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4956 \(fn)" t nil)
4958 ;;;***
4960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21710 25077 685662
4961 ;;;;;; 436000))
4962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4964 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4965 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4966 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4967 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4968 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4970 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4972 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4973 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4975 \(fn)" t nil)
4977 ;;;***
4979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21710 25077 513663
4980 ;;;;;; 203000))
4981 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4983 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4984 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4985 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4986 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4987 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4988 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4989 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4990 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4992 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4993 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4995 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4996 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4997 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4999 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5000 with empty strings removed.
5002 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5004 ;;;***
5006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21781 3656
5007 ;;;;;; 69152 46000))
5008 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5010 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5011 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5013 \(fn)" t nil)
5015 ;;;***
5017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21781 3655
5018 ;;;;;; 899151 376000))
5019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5021 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5022 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5023 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5025 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5026 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5028 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5030 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5031 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5033 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5034 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5036 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5037 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5038 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5039 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5040 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5041 normal function of these prefix keys.
5043 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5044 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5045 options:
5046 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5047 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5048 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5050 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5051 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5052 the prefix fallback behavior.
5054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5056 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5057 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5059 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5061 ;;;***
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21710 25077
5064 ;;;;;; 522663 163000))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5067 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5068 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5069 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5073 ;;;***
5075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21781 3655 878151
5076 ;;;;;; 294000))
5077 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5079 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5080 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5082 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5084 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5085 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5087 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5089 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5090 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5092 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5094 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5095 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5097 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5098 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5100 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5101 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5103 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5105 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5107 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5108 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5109 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5111 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5112 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5114 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5115 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5117 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5118 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5120 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5122 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5124 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5125 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5126 Return VALUE.
5128 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5129 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5131 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5132 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5134 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5135 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5137 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5139 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5141 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5142 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5143 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5144 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5146 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5147 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5148 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5150 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5152 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5153 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5154 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5155 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5156 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5158 \(fn)" t nil)
5160 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5161 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5162 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5163 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5165 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5167 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5168 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5169 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5171 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5173 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5174 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5176 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5178 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5180 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5181 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5183 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5185 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5187 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5188 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5189 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5191 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5193 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5194 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5195 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5196 as part of Emacs itself.
5198 Each elements looks like this:
5200 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5202 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5203 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5204 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5205 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5206 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5207 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5208 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5209 and `defface'.
5211 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5213 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5214 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5215 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5216 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5217 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5219 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5220 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5221 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5222 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5224 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5226 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5227 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5228 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5229 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5230 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5231 release.
5233 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5234 that were added or redefined since that version.
5236 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5238 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5239 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5240 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5241 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5243 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5245 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5246 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5248 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5250 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5251 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5252 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5254 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5255 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5257 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5259 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5260 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5262 \(fn)" t nil)
5264 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5265 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5267 \(fn)" t nil)
5269 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5270 Customize all saved options and faces.
5272 \(fn)" t nil)
5274 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5275 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5276 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5277 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5278 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5279 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5281 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5282 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5283 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5285 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5287 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5288 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5290 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5292 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5293 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5295 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5297 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5298 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5300 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5302 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5303 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5304 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5305 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5306 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5307 that option.
5308 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5310 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5312 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5313 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5314 The result includes selecting that window.
5315 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5316 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5317 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5318 that option.
5320 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5322 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5323 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5325 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5327 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5328 File used for storing customization information.
5329 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5330 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5331 it should be an absolute file name.
5333 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5334 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5335 something like the following in your init file:
5337 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5338 \(load custom-file)
5340 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5341 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5343 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5344 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5345 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5346 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5347 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5349 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5350 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5351 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5352 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5353 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5354 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5355 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5356 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5357 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5358 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5360 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5362 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5363 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5365 \(fn)" nil nil)
5367 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5368 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5370 \(fn)" t nil)
5372 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5373 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5374 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5376 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5378 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5379 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5380 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5381 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5382 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5384 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5386 ;;;***
5388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21710 25077 503663
5389 ;;;;;; 248000))
5390 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5392 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5393 Create or edit a custom theme.
5394 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5395 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5396 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5397 from the Custom save file.
5398 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5399 named *Custom Theme*.
5401 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5403 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5404 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5406 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5408 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5409 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5411 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5413 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5414 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5415 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5416 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5418 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5420 ;;;***
5422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21710 25077
5423 ;;;;;; 738662 200000))
5424 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5426 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5427 Mode used for cvs status output.
5429 \(fn)" t nil)
5431 ;;;***
5433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21781 3656 32151
5434 ;;;;;; 900000))
5435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5436 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5438 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5439 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5441 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5443 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5444 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5445 C++ modes are included.
5447 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5448 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5449 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5453 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5455 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5456 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5457 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5460 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5462 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5464 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5465 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5466 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5467 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5468 ARG is omitted or nil.
5470 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5471 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5472 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5476 ;;;***
5478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21710
5479 ;;;;;; 25077 586662 878000))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5482 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5483 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5485 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5487 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5488 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5490 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5492 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5493 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5494 For readability, the table is slightly
5495 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5497 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5498 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5499 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5500 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5501 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5503 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5505 ;;;***
5507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21710 25077 503663
5508 ;;;;;; 248000))
5509 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5510 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5511 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5512 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5513 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5515 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5516 Completion on current word.
5517 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5518 and presents suggestions for completion.
5520 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5521 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5522 completions.
5524 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5525 then it searches *all* buffers.
5527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5529 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5530 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5532 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5533 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5534 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5535 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5536 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5538 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5539 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5541 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5542 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5543 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5545 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5546 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5548 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5550 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5552 ;;;***
5554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21710 25077
5555 ;;;;;; 484663 333000))
5556 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5558 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5559 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5561 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5563 ;;;***
5565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21781 3655 981151 699000))
5566 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5568 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5569 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5570 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5571 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5572 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5574 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5576 ;;;***
5578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21710 25077
5579 ;;;;;; 686662 432000))
5580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5582 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5583 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5585 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5586 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5587 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5589 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5590 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5591 Data lines are not indented.
5593 Key bindings:
5595 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5596 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5598 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5599 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5600 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5601 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5603 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5605 dcl-basic-offset
5606 Extra indentation within blocks.
5608 dcl-continuation-offset
5609 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5611 dcl-margin-offset
5612 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5614 dcl-margin-label-offset
5615 Indentation for a label.
5617 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5618 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5620 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5621 dcl-block-end-regexp
5622 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5623 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5624 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5625 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5626 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5628 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5629 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5630 Two such functions are included in the package:
5631 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5632 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5634 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5635 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5636 One such function is included in the package:
5637 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5639 dcl-tab-always-indent
5640 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5641 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5642 margin.
5644 dcl-electric-characters
5645 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5646 typed.
5648 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5649 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5650 which words trigger electric indentation.
5652 dcl-tempo-comma
5653 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5654 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5655 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5657 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5658 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5659 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5660 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5662 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5663 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5664 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5665 dcl-imenu-label-call
5666 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5668 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5669 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5670 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5671 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5674 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5676 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5677 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5678 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5679 $ i = 1
5680 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5681 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5682 $ label:
5683 $ if i.eq.1
5684 $ then
5685 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5686 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5687 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5688 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5689 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5690 \"lined up with the command line\"
5691 $ type sys$input
5692 Data lines are not indented at all.
5693 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5694 $ endif
5698 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5699 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5701 \(fn)" t nil)
5703 ;;;***
5705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21781 4629 991468
5706 ;;;;;; 664000))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5709 (setq debugger 'debug)
5711 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5712 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5713 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5714 of the evaluator.
5716 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5717 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5718 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5720 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5722 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5723 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5725 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5727 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5728 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5729 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5730 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5731 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5732 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5734 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5735 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5737 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5739 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5740 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5741 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5742 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5743 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5745 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5747 ;;;***
5749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21710 25077
5750 ;;;;;; 670662 503000))
5751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5753 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5754 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5756 \(fn)" t nil)
5758 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5759 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5760 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5761 Upper-case letters are commands.
5763 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5764 modify it.
5766 The most useful commands are:
5767 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5768 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5769 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5770 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5771 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5772 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5774 \(fn)" t nil)
5776 ;;;***
5778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21710 25077 503663
5779 ;;;;;; 248000))
5780 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5781 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5783 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5784 Customization of `columns' group.
5786 \(fn)" t nil)
5788 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5789 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5791 START and END delimits the text region.
5793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5795 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5796 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5798 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5802 ;;;***
5804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21781 3655 878151 294000))
5805 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5807 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5809 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5810 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5811 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5814 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5816 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5818 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5819 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5821 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5822 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5824 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5825 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5826 point regardless of any selection.
5828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5830 ;;;***
5832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21781 3655
5833 ;;;;;; 889151 337000))
5834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5836 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5837 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5839 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5841 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5842 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5843 or nil if there is no parent.
5844 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5845 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5846 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5847 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5848 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5850 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5851 arguments are currently understood:
5852 :group GROUP
5853 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5854 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5855 :syntax-table TABLE
5856 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5857 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5858 :abbrev-table TABLE
5859 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5860 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5862 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5864 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5866 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5867 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5868 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5870 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5871 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5873 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5874 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5875 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5877 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5878 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5880 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5881 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5883 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5885 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5887 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5889 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5890 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5891 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5892 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5893 the first time the mode is used.
5895 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5897 ;;;***
5899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21781 3655 878151
5900 ;;;;;; 294000))
5901 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5903 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5904 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5905 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5906 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5907 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5908 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5909 otherwise.
5911 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5913 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5914 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5915 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5916 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5918 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5919 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5920 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5922 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5923 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5924 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5925 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5926 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5927 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5928 relevant to POS.
5930 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5932 ;;;***
5934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21781 3655 879151 298000))
5935 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5937 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5938 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5939 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5941 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5942 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5944 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5946 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5947 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5948 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5949 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5950 is omitted or nil.
5952 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5953 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5954 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5955 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5957 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5958 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5960 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5961 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5963 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5965 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5969 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5970 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5971 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5972 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5974 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5976 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5977 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5979 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5980 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5981 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5983 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5984 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5986 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5987 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5988 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5990 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5991 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5992 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5993 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5995 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5997 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5998 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6000 Handlers are called with argument list
6002 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6004 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6006 `desktop-file-version'
6007 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6008 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6009 `desktop-buffer-point'
6010 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6011 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6012 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6014 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6015 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6017 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6018 code like
6020 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6022 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6023 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6025 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6027 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6029 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6030 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6031 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6032 List elements must have the form
6034 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6036 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6037 function.
6039 Handlers are called with argument list
6041 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6043 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6045 `desktop-file-version'
6046 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6047 `desktop-buffer-name'
6048 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6049 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6050 `desktop-buffer-point'
6051 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6052 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6053 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6055 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6056 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6057 created and set.
6059 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6060 code like
6062 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6064 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6065 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6067 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6069 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6071 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6073 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6074 Empty the Desktop.
6075 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6076 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6077 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6078 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6079 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6080 if different).
6082 \(fn)" t nil)
6084 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6085 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6086 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6087 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6088 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6089 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6090 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6092 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6094 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6095 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6096 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6098 \(fn)" t nil)
6100 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6101 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6102 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6103 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6104 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6105 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6106 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6107 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6109 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6111 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6112 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6113 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6115 \(fn)" nil nil)
6117 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6119 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6120 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6121 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6122 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6123 directory DIRNAME.
6125 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6127 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6128 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6130 \(fn)" t nil)
6132 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6133 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6135 \(fn)" t nil)
6137 ;;;***
6139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21710 25077
6140 ;;;;;; 550663 38000))
6141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6143 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6144 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6145 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6146 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6147 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6148 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6150 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6152 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6153 Repair a broken attribution line.
6154 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6156 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6158 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6159 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6160 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6161 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6163 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6165 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6166 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6168 \(fn)" t nil)
6170 ;;;***
6172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21781
6173 ;;;;;; 3655 853151 195000))
6174 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6176 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6177 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6178 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6179 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6180 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6184 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6185 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6186 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6187 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6189 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6190 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6191 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6192 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6194 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6195 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6197 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6198 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6199 calendar-date-style 'european
6200 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6202 \(diary-mail-entries)
6204 # diary-rem.el ends here
6206 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6208 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6209 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6211 \(fn)" t nil)
6213 ;;;***
6215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21710 25077 738662 200000))
6216 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6218 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6219 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6221 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6223 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6224 The command to use to run diff.")
6226 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6228 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6229 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6230 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6231 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6232 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6233 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6235 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6236 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6237 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6239 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6242 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6243 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6244 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6245 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6246 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6248 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6251 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6253 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6255 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6256 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6257 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6259 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6261 ;;;***
6263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21781 3656 82152
6264 ;;;;;; 97000))
6265 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6267 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6268 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6269 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6270 normal diffs.
6272 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6273 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6274 headers for you on-the-fly.
6276 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6277 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6278 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6280 \\{diff-mode-map}
6282 \(fn)" t nil)
6284 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6285 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6286 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6287 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6288 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6290 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6294 ;;;***
6296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21710 25077 618662 735000))
6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6299 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6300 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6301 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6303 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6305 ;;;***
6307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21781 3670 685209 621000))
6308 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6310 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6311 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6312 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6313 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6314 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6315 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6316 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6317 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6319 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6321 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6322 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6323 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6324 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6325 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6326 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6328 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6329 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6330 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6331 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6332 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6333 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6334 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6335 list of files to make directory entries for.
6336 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6337 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6338 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6340 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6342 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6343 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6345 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6346 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6348 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6349 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6351 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6352 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6354 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6356 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6357 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6359 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6361 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6362 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6363 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6364 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6365 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6366 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6367 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6368 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6369 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6370 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6371 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6372 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6373 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6374 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6375 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6376 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6377 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6378 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6379 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6380 to see why something went wrong.
6381 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6382 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6383 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6384 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6385 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6386 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6387 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6388 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6389 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6390 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6391 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6392 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6393 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6395 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6396 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6397 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6398 again for the directory tree.
6400 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6401 for more info):
6403 `dired-listing-switches'
6404 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6405 `dired-marker-char'
6406 `dired-del-marker'
6407 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6408 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6409 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6410 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6412 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6414 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6415 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6416 `dired-mode-hook'
6417 `dired-load-hook'
6419 Keybindings:
6420 \\{dired-mode-map}
6422 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6423 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6425 ;;;***
6427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21710 25077 506663
6428 ;;;;;; 234000))
6429 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6431 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6432 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6433 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6434 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6435 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6437 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6438 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6439 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6441 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6442 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6443 directory.
6445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6447 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6448 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6449 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6450 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6451 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6452 from `default-directory'.
6454 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6456 ;;;***
6458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21710 25077
6459 ;;;;;; 513663 203000))
6460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6462 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6463 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6464 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6465 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6466 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6467 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6469 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6471 ;;;***
6473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21710 25077 506663
6474 ;;;;;; 234000))
6475 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6477 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6478 Return a new, empty display table.
6480 \(fn)" nil nil)
6482 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6483 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6484 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6485 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6486 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6488 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6490 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6491 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6492 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6493 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6494 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6496 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6498 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6499 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6501 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6503 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6504 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6506 \(fn)" t nil)
6508 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6509 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6511 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6512 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6514 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6515 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6516 byte.
6518 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6519 in the default way after this call.
6521 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6523 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6524 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6526 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6528 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6529 Display character C using printable string S.
6531 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6533 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6534 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6535 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6536 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6538 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6540 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6541 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6542 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6543 X frame.
6545 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6547 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6548 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6550 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6552 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6553 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6555 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6557 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6558 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6560 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6562 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6563 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6565 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6567 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6568 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6570 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6572 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6573 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6575 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6576 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6578 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6579 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6581 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6582 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6583 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6584 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6586 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6587 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6588 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6589 in `.emacs'.
6591 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6593 ;;;***
6595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21710 25077
6596 ;;;;;; 670662 503000))
6597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6599 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6600 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6601 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6602 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6603 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6604 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6605 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6606 Default is 2.
6608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6610 ;;;***
6612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21781 3655 880151 301000))
6613 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6615 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6616 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6617 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6618 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6619 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6620 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6621 private or ask).
6622 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6623 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6624 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6625 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6626 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6628 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6630 ;;;***
6632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21710 25077
6633 ;;;;;; 723662 267000))
6634 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6636 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6637 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6638 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6639 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6640 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6641 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6642 table and its own syntax table.
6644 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6646 \(fn)" t nil)
6647 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6649 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6650 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6652 \(fn)" t nil)
6654 ;;;***
6656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21781 3655 880151
6657 ;;;;;; 301000))
6658 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6660 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6661 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6662 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6663 OpenDocument format).
6665 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6667 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6668 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6670 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6671 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6673 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6674 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6675 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6677 \(fn)" t nil)
6679 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6680 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6681 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6682 to the next best mode.
6684 \(fn)" nil nil)
6686 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6687 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6689 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6690 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6692 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6696 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6699 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6701 ;;;***
6703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21710 25077 671662
6704 ;;;;;; 499000))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6707 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6708 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6710 \(fn)" t nil)
6712 ;;;***
6714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21710 25077 507663 230000))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6717 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6718 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6720 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6721 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6723 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6724 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6728 ;;;***
6730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21781 3656 13151
6731 ;;;;;; 825000))
6732 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6733 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6735 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6736 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6738 \(fn)" t nil)
6740 ;;;***
6742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21781
6743 ;;;;;; 3655 889151 337000))
6744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6746 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6748 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6749 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6750 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6751 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6752 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6754 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6755 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6756 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6757 and disables it otherwise.
6759 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6760 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6761 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6762 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6764 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6765 documenting what its argument does.
6767 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6768 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6769 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6770 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6771 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6772 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6773 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6774 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6776 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6777 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6778 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6779 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6780 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6781 mode is global):
6783 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6784 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6785 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6786 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6787 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6788 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6789 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6790 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6791 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6792 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6793 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6794 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6795 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6796 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6797 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6798 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6799 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6800 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6801 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6802 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6803 in :variable).
6805 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6806 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6808 For example, you could write
6809 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6810 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6811 ...BODY CODE...)
6813 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6815 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6817 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6819 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6821 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6822 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6823 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6824 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6825 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6826 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6827 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6828 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6829 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6830 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6831 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6832 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6834 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6835 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6836 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6837 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6838 call another major mode in their body.
6840 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6841 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6842 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6844 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6846 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6848 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6849 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6850 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6851 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6852 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6853 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6854 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6856 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6858 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6859 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6860 :inherit Parent keymap.
6861 :group Ignored.
6862 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6863 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6865 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6867 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6868 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6869 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6870 the constant's documentation.
6872 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6874 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6875 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6876 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6878 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6880 ;;;***
6882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21710
6883 ;;;;;; 25077 513663 203000))
6884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6886 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6887 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6888 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6889 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6891 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6892 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6893 as a top-level menu bar item.
6895 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6896 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6897 pairs:
6899 :filter FUNCTION
6900 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6901 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6902 items to actually display.
6904 :visible INCLUDE
6905 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6906 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6907 alias for `:visible'.
6909 :active ENABLE
6910 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6911 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6912 an alias for `:active'.
6914 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6915 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6917 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6919 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6921 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6922 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6924 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6925 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6927 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6929 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6931 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6932 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6934 :keys KEYS
6935 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6936 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6937 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6938 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6940 :key-sequence KEYS
6941 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6942 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6943 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6944 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6946 :active ENABLE
6947 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6948 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6949 alias for `:active'.
6951 :visible INCLUDE
6952 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6953 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6954 `:visible'.
6956 :label FORM
6957 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6958 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6960 :suffix FORM
6961 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6962 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6964 :style STYLE
6965 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6966 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6967 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6969 :selected SELECTED
6970 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6971 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6973 :help HELP
6974 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6976 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6977 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6978 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6980 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6981 MENU. This is a submenu.
6983 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6985 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6987 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6990 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6992 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6993 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6994 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6995 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6997 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6999 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7000 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7001 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7002 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7003 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7004 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7006 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7007 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7008 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7010 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7011 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7012 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7014 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7015 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7017 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7019 ;;;***
7021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21710 25077
7022 ;;;;;; 687662 428000))
7023 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7024 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7026 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7027 Customization for ebnf group.
7029 \(fn)" t nil)
7031 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7032 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7034 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7036 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7037 processed.
7039 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7041 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7043 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7044 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7046 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7047 killed after process termination.
7049 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7051 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7053 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7054 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7056 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7057 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7058 it to the printer.
7060 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7061 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7062 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7063 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7065 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7069 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7071 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7073 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7074 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7076 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7078 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7079 processed.
7081 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7083 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7085 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7086 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7088 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7089 killed after process termination.
7091 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7093 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7095 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7096 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7097 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7098 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7100 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7102 \(fn)" t nil)
7104 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7105 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7106 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7108 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7110 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7112 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7113 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7115 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7117 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7118 processed.
7120 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7122 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7124 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7125 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7127 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7128 killed after EPS generation.
7130 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7132 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7134 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7135 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7137 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7138 The EPS file name has the following form:
7140 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7142 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7143 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7145 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7146 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7147 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7148 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7149 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7151 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7152 files.
7154 \(fn)" t nil)
7156 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7157 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7159 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7160 The EPS file name has the following form:
7162 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7164 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7165 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7167 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7168 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7169 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7170 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7171 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7173 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7174 files.
7176 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7178 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7180 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7181 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7183 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7185 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7186 are processed.
7188 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7190 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7195 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7196 killed after syntax checking.
7198 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7200 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7205 \(fn)" t nil)
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7210 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7215 \(fn)" nil nil)
7217 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7218 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7220 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7222 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7227 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7229 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7231 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7232 Delete style NAME.
7234 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7236 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7238 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7239 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7241 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7243 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Set STYLE as the current style.
7248 Returns the old style symbol.
7250 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7252 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Reset current style.
7257 Returns the old style symbol.
7259 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7261 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7266 Returns the old style symbol.
7268 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7270 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7272 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7274 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7275 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7277 Returns the old style symbol.
7279 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7281 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7283 \(fn)" t nil)
7285 ;;;***
7287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21710 25077
7288 ;;;;;; 688662 423000))
7289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7291 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7292 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7293 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7294 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7295 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7296 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7298 Tree mode key bindings:
7299 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7301 \(fn)" t nil)
7303 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7304 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7306 \(fn)" t nil)
7308 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7309 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7311 \(fn)" t nil)
7313 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7314 View declaration of member at point.
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7318 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7319 Find declaration of member at point.
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7324 View definition of member at point.
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7329 Find definition of member at point.
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7334 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7339 View definition of member at point in other window.
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7344 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7349 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7353 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7354 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7356 \(fn)" t nil)
7358 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7359 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7361 \(fn)" t nil)
7363 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7364 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7365 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7366 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7367 completion.
7369 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7371 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7372 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7373 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7374 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7376 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7379 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7380 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7381 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7383 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7386 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7387 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7389 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7391 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7392 Search for call sites of a member.
7393 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7394 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7395 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7396 looks like a function call to the member.
7398 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7401 Move backward in the position stack.
7402 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7404 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7406 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7407 Move forward in the position stack.
7408 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7410 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7413 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7418 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7423 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7424 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7425 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7427 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7430 Display statistics for a class tree.
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7434 ;;;***
7436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21710 25077 507663
7437 ;;;;;; 230000))
7438 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7440 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7441 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7442 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7443 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7444 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7445 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7446 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7448 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7450 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7451 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7452 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7453 also has this effect.
7454 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7455 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7456 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7457 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7458 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7459 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7460 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7461 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7462 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7463 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7465 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7467 ;;;***
7469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21710 25077 507663
7470 ;;;;;; 230000))
7471 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7473 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7474 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7475 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7477 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7479 ;;;***
7481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21710 25077
7482 ;;;;;; 550663 38000))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7485 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7488 \(fn)" nil nil)
7490 ;;;***
7492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21781 3655 857151 211000))
7493 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7494 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7496 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7497 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7498 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7501 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7503 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7505 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7506 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7511 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7512 an EDE controlled project.
7514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7516 ;;;***
7518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21781 3655
7519 ;;;;;; 889151 337000))
7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7522 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7523 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7524 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7525 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7526 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7528 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7529 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7530 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7531 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7533 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7535 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7536 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7537 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7538 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7540 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7542 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7543 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7544 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7545 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7547 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7549 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7551 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7552 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7553 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7554 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7555 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7557 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7558 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7559 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7560 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7561 instrumented for Edebug.
7563 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7564 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7565 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7566 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7567 already is one.)
7569 \(fn)" t nil)
7571 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7572 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7574 \(fn)" t nil)
7576 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7577 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7579 \(fn)" t nil)
7581 ;;;***
7583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21710 25077 741662 187000))
7584 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7585 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7587 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7588 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7590 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7592 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7593 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7595 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7597 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7599 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7601 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7602 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7603 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7604 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7606 \(fn)" t nil)
7608 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7609 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7610 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7611 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7613 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7615 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7616 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7618 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7620 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7622 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7623 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7625 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7627 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7629 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7630 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7631 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7632 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7634 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7636 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7638 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7639 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7640 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7641 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7643 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7645 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7647 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7648 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7649 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7650 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7652 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7654 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7656 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7657 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7658 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7659 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7661 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7663 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7665 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7666 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7667 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7668 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7669 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7670 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7672 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7674 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7675 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7676 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7677 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7679 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7681 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7683 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7684 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7685 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7686 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7688 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7690 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7692 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7694 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7695 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7696 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7697 follows:
7698 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7699 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7701 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7703 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7704 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7705 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7706 follows:
7707 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7708 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7710 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7714 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7715 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7716 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7718 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7720 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7721 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7722 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7723 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7724 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7725 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7727 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7729 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7731 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7732 Merge two files without ancestor.
7734 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7736 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7737 Merge two files with ancestor.
7739 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7741 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7743 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7744 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7746 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7748 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7749 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7751 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7753 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7754 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7755 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7756 buffer.
7758 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7760 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7762 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7763 buffer.
7765 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7767 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7768 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7769 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7770 and don't ask the user.
7771 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7772 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7774 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7776 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7777 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7778 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7779 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7780 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7781 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7782 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7783 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7785 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7787 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7789 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7791 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7792 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7793 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7794 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7795 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7797 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7799 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7801 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7802 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7803 When called interactively, displays the version.
7805 \(fn)" t nil)
7807 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7808 Display Ediff's manual.
7809 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7811 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7813 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7816 \(fn)" nil nil)
7818 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7821 \(fn)" nil nil)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7826 \(fn)" nil nil)
7828 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7831 \(fn)" nil nil)
7833 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7836 \(fn)" nil nil)
7838 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7841 \(fn)" nil nil)
7843 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7846 \(fn)" nil nil)
7848 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7851 \(fn)" nil nil)
7853 ;;;***
7855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21710 25077
7856 ;;;;;; 739662 196000))
7857 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7859 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7862 \(fn)" t nil)
7864 ;;;***
7866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21710 25077
7867 ;;;;;; 740662 191000))
7868 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7870 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7871 Display Ediff's registry.
7873 \(fn)" t nil)
7875 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7877 ;;;***
7879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21781 3656
7880 ;;;;;; 84152 105000))
7881 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7883 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7884 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7885 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7886 which see.
7888 \(fn)" t nil)
7890 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7891 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7892 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7893 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7895 \(fn)" t nil)
7897 ;;;***
7899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21710 25077 507663
7900 ;;;;;; 230000))
7901 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7902 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7904 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7905 Edit a keyboard macro.
7906 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7907 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7908 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7909 its command name.
7910 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7912 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7914 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7915 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7917 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7919 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7920 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7922 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7924 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7925 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7926 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7927 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7928 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7929 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7931 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7932 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7933 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7934 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7936 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7938 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7939 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7940 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7941 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7942 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7943 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7945 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7947 ;;;***
7949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21781 3655 899151
7950 ;;;;;; 376000))
7951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7953 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7954 Set scroll margins.
7955 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7956 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7958 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7960 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7961 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7963 \(fn)" t nil)
7965 ;;;***
7967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21710 25077 507663 230000))
7968 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7970 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7971 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7972 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7973 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7974 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7975 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7976 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7978 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7979 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7981 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7982 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7983 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7984 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7986 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7987 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7988 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7990 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7991 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7992 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7994 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7996 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7999 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8001 ;;;***
8003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21781 3655 893151
8004 ;;;;;; 353000))
8005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8006 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8008 ;;;***
8010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21781
8011 ;;;;;; 3655 890151 341000))
8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8013 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8015 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8016 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8017 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8018 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8019 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8020 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8021 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8023 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8025 ;;;***
8027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21781 3655 893151
8028 ;;;;;; 353000))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8031 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8032 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8034 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8036 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8037 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8038 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8039 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8040 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8042 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8043 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8044 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8045 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8046 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8047 expression point is on.
8049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8051 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8053 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8054 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8055 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8056 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8057 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8058 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8059 arg list.
8061 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8062 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8063 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8064 effect.
8066 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8067 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8069 ;;;***
8071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21710 25077 507663
8072 ;;;;;; 230000))
8073 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8075 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8076 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8078 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8079 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8080 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8082 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8084 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8085 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8086 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8088 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8089 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8091 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8093 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8094 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8096 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8097 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8099 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8100 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8101 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8105 ;;;***
8107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21710 25077 507663
8108 ;;;;;; 230000))
8109 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8111 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8112 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8114 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8115 an elided material again.
8117 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8121 ;;;***
8123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21710 25077
8124 ;;;;;; 516663 190000))
8125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8127 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8128 Lint the file FILE.
8130 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8132 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8133 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8134 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8136 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8138 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8139 Lint the current buffer.
8140 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8142 \(fn)" t nil)
8144 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8145 Lint the function at point.
8146 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8148 \(fn)" t nil)
8150 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8151 Initialize elint.
8152 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8153 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8155 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8157 ;;;***
8159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21710 25077 516663
8160 ;;;;;; 190000))
8161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8163 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8164 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8165 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8167 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8169 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8170 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8171 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8172 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8174 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8176 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8177 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8178 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8180 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8182 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8184 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8185 Display current profiling results.
8186 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8187 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8188 displayed.
8190 \(fn)" t nil)
8192 ;;;***
8194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21710 25077 521663
8195 ;;;;;; 168000))
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8198 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8199 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8200 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8201 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8202 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8203 ARG is omitted or nil.
8205 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8206 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8207 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8208 used instead.
8210 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8212 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8213 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8214 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8216 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8220 ;;;***
8222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21781 3655 972151
8223 ;;;;;; 664000))
8224 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8226 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8227 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8228 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8230 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8232 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8234 ;;;***
8236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21781 3656 85152 109000))
8237 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8239 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8240 Run Emerge on two files.
8242 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8244 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8245 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8247 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8249 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8250 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8252 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8254 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8255 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8257 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8259 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8262 \(fn)" nil nil)
8264 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8267 \(fn)" nil nil)
8269 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8272 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8274 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8277 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8279 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8280 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8282 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8284 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8285 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8287 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8289 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8292 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8294 ;;;***
8296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21781 3656
8297 ;;;;;; 70152 50000))
8298 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8300 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8301 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8302 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8303 text/enriched format.
8305 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8306 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8307 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8309 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8311 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8312 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8314 Commands:
8316 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8320 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8323 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8325 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8328 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8330 ;;;***
8332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21781 3655 902151 388000))
8333 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8335 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8336 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8338 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8340 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8341 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8343 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8345 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8346 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8347 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8348 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8349 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8350 the keys are listed.
8351 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8353 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8355 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8356 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8357 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8359 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8362 Verify FILE.
8364 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8366 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8367 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8369 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8371 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8372 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8374 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8376 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8377 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8379 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8380 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8381 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8382 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8384 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8385 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8386 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8387 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8388 should consider using the string based counterpart
8389 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8390 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8392 For example:
8394 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8395 (decode-coding-string
8396 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8397 'utf-8))
8399 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8402 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8404 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8405 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8407 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8409 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8410 Verify the current region between START and END.
8412 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8413 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8414 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8415 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8416 should consider using the string based counterpart
8417 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8418 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8420 For example:
8422 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8423 (decode-coding-string
8424 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8425 'utf-8))
8427 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8429 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8430 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8431 between START and END.
8433 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8434 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8436 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8438 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8439 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8441 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8442 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8443 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8444 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8445 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8446 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8448 For example:
8450 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8451 (epg-sign-string
8452 context
8453 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8455 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8457 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8458 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8460 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8461 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8462 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8463 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8464 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8465 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8467 For example:
8469 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8470 (epg-encrypt-string
8471 context
8472 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8473 nil))
8475 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8478 Delete selected KEYS.
8480 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8483 Import keys from FILE.
8485 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8487 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8488 Import keys from the region.
8490 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8492 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8493 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8494 between START and END.
8496 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8499 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8501 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8503 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8504 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8506 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8508 ;;;***
8510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21710 25077 525663
8511 ;;;;;; 150000))
8512 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8514 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8515 Decrypt marked files.
8517 \(fn)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8520 Verify marked files.
8522 \(fn)" t nil)
8524 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8525 Sign marked files.
8527 \(fn)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8530 Encrypt marked files.
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8534 ;;;***
8536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21781 3655 902151
8537 ;;;;;; 388000))
8538 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8540 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8543 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8545 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8548 \(fn)" t nil)
8550 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8553 \(fn)" t nil)
8555 ;;;***
8557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21781 3655 902151
8558 ;;;;;; 388000))
8559 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8561 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8562 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8564 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8569 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8570 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8571 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8573 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8575 \(fn)" t nil)
8577 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8578 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8579 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8581 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8583 \(fn)" t nil)
8585 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8586 Sign the current buffer.
8587 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8589 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8591 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8593 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8594 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8595 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8596 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8597 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8598 and also whether and how to sign.
8600 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8601 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8602 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8604 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8606 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8608 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8609 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8610 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8612 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8614 \(fn)" t nil)
8616 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8617 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8618 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8620 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8621 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8623 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8625 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8626 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8627 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8628 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8629 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8633 ;;;***
8635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21781 3655 902151 388000))
8636 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8637 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8639 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8640 Return a context object.
8642 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8644 ;;;***
8646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21710 25077 525663
8647 ;;;;;; 150000))
8648 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8650 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8651 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8653 \(fn)" nil nil)
8655 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8656 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8658 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8660 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8661 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8663 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8665 ;;;***
8667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21781 3670 689209 637000))
8668 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8669 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8671 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8672 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8674 \(fn)" nil nil)
8676 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8677 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8678 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8680 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8682 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8683 (server (erc-compute-server))
8684 (port (erc-compute-port))
8685 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8686 password
8687 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8689 That is, if called with
8691 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8693 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8694 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8695 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8697 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8699 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8701 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8702 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8703 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8705 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8707 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8708 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8709 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8710 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8712 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8714 ;;;***
8716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21710
8717 ;;;;;; 25077 528663 136000))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8719 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8721 ;;;***
8723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21710 25077
8724 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8725 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8726 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8728 ;;;***
8730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21710 25077
8731 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8732 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8733 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8735 ;;;***
8737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21710 25077
8738 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8739 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8740 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8742 ;;;***
8744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21781 3655 904151
8745 ;;;;;; 396000))
8746 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8747 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8749 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8750 Parser for /dcc command.
8751 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8752 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8753 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8755 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8757 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8758 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8760 \(fn)" nil nil)
8762 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8763 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8765 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8766 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8767 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8768 that subcommand.
8770 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8772 ;;;***
8774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8775 ;;;;;; (21781 3655 904151 396000))
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8777 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8779 ;;;***
8781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21710
8782 ;;;;;; 25077 529663 132000))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8785 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8786 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8788 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8790 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8791 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8792 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8793 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8795 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8797 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8800 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8802 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8805 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8807 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8808 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8810 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8812 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8813 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8815 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8817 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8818 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8820 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8822 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8823 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8825 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8827 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8828 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8830 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8833 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8835 \(fn)" nil nil)
8837 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8838 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8840 \(fn)" nil nil)
8842 ;;;***
8844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21710 25077 529663
8845 ;;;;;; 132000))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8847 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8849 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8850 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8851 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8853 \(fn)" nil nil)
8855 ;;;***
8857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21710 25077
8858 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8860 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8862 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8863 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8864 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8865 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8866 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8867 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8868 system.
8870 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8872 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8875 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8877 ;;;***
8879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21710 25077
8880 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8883 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8886 \(fn)" nil nil)
8888 ;;;***
8890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21710 25077 529663
8891 ;;;;;; 132000))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8893 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8895 ;;;***
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21710 25077 530663
8898 ;;;;;; 127000))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8900 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8902 ;;;***
8904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21710 25077 530663
8905 ;;;;;; 127000))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8907 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8909 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8910 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8911 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8912 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8913 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8914 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8918 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8919 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8920 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8921 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8923 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8924 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8925 automatically.
8927 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8928 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8930 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8932 ;;;***
8934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21710 25077
8935 ;;;;;; 530663 127000))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8937 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8939 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8940 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8942 \(fn)" t nil)
8944 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8945 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8947 \(fn)" t nil)
8949 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8950 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8952 \(fn)" t nil)
8954 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8955 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8957 \(fn)" t nil)
8959 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8960 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8962 \(fn)" t nil)
8964 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8965 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8967 \(fn)" t nil)
8969 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8970 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8972 \(fn)" t nil)
8974 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8975 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8977 \(fn)" t nil)
8979 ;;;***
8981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21710 25077 530663
8982 ;;;;;; 127000))
8983 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8984 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8986 ;;;***
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21710
8989 ;;;;;; 25077 530663 127000))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8991 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8993 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8994 Show who's gone.
8996 \(fn)" nil nil)
8998 ;;;***
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21710
9001 ;;;;;; 25077 530663 127000))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9004 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9005 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9006 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9007 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9009 \(fn)" nil nil)
9011 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9012 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9014 \(fn)" t nil)
9016 ;;;***
9018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21710 25077
9019 ;;;;;; 530663 127000))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9021 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9023 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9024 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9025 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9026 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9028 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9030 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9033 \(fn)" nil nil)
9035 ;;;***
9037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21710 25077 530663
9038 ;;;;;; 127000))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9042 ;;;***
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21710
9045 ;;;;;; 25077 530663 127000))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9047 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9049 ;;;***
9051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21710 25077
9052 ;;;;;; 530663 127000))
9053 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9054 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9056 ;;;***
9058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21710 25077 530663
9059 ;;;;;; 127000))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9063 ;;;***
9065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21710
9066 ;;;;;; 25077 531663 123000))
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9068 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9070 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9071 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9073 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9075 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9076 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9077 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9079 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9081 ;;;***
9083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21710 25077
9084 ;;;;;; 531663 123000))
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9088 ;;;***
9090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21710
9091 ;;;;;; 25077 531663 123000))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9094 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9095 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9096 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9098 \(fn)" t nil)
9100 ;;;***
9102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21781
9103 ;;;;;; 3655 905151 400000))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9105 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9107 ;;;***
9109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21710 25077
9110 ;;;;;; 531663 123000))
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9112 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9114 ;;;***
9116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21710 25077
9117 ;;;;;; 531663 123000))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9120 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9121 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9122 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9124 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9126 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9127 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9129 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9130 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9132 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9133 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9134 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9135 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9138 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9140 ;;;***
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21710
9143 ;;;;;; 25077 531663 123000))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9147 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9148 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9149 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9150 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9152 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9154 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9155 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9156 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9158 \(fn)" t nil)
9160 ;;;***
9162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21710 25077 531663
9163 ;;;;;; 123000))
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9165 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9167 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9168 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9170 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9172 ;;;***
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21781 3655 894151
9175 ;;;;;; 357000))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9178 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9179 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9181 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9182 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9184 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9185 useful for assertions in BODY.
9187 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9189 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9190 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9191 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9193 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9195 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9197 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9199 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9200 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9202 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9203 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9204 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9205 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9207 Returns the stats object.
9209 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9211 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9212 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9214 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9215 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9216 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9217 the tests).
9219 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9221 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9222 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9224 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9225 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9226 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9227 and how to display message.
9229 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9231 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9233 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9234 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9236 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9238 ;;;***
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21710 25077
9241 ;;;;;; 516663 190000))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9244 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9246 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9247 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9249 \(fn)" t nil)
9251 ;;;***
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21781 3655
9254 ;;;;;; 908151 412000))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9257 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9258 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9260 \(fn)" t nil)
9262 ;;;***
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21781 3655 908151
9265 ;;;;;; 412000))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9267 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9269 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9270 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9271 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9272 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9273 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9274 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9275 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9276 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9277 buffer selected (or created).
9279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9281 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9282 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9283 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9285 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9287 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9288 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9289 The result might be any Lisp object.
9290 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9291 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9292 corresponding to a successful execution.
9294 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9296 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9298 ;;;***
9300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21781 3656 32151
9301 ;;;;;; 900000))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9304 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9305 File name of tags table.
9306 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9307 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9308 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9309 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9310 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9312 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9313 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9314 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9315 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9317 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9319 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9320 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9321 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9322 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9323 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9324 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9326 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9328 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9329 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9330 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9332 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9334 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9335 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9336 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9337 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9338 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9340 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9342 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9343 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9344 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9345 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9347 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9349 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9350 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9351 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9352 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9353 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9355 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9357 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9358 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9360 \(fn)" t nil)
9362 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9363 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9364 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9365 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9367 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9368 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9369 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9370 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9371 file the tag was in.
9373 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9375 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9376 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9377 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9378 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9379 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9380 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9381 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9382 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9383 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9385 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9387 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9388 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9389 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9390 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9391 without directory names.
9393 \(fn)" nil nil)
9394 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9395 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9396 (progn
9397 (load "etags")
9398 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9400 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9401 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9402 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9403 but does not select the buffer.
9404 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9406 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9407 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9408 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9409 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9410 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9412 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9414 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9415 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9416 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9418 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9420 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9422 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9423 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9424 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9425 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9427 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9428 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9429 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9430 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9431 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9433 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9435 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9436 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9437 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9439 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9441 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9442 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9444 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9445 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9446 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9447 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9448 around or before point.
9450 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9451 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9452 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9453 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9454 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9456 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9458 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9459 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9460 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9462 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9464 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9465 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9467 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9468 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9469 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9470 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9471 around or before point.
9473 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9474 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9475 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9476 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9477 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9479 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9481 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9482 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9483 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9485 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9487 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9488 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9490 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9491 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9492 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9494 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9495 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9496 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9497 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9498 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9500 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9502 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9503 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9504 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9506 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9508 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9509 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9510 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9512 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9513 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9515 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9516 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9517 where they were found.
9519 \(fn)" t nil)
9521 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9522 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9524 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9525 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9526 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9528 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9529 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9531 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9532 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9534 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9536 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9537 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9538 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9539 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9541 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9542 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9543 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9544 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9545 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9547 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9548 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9550 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9551 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9552 Stops when a match is found.
9553 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9555 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9556 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9557 restricted to these files.
9559 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9561 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9563 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9564 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9565 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9566 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9567 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9568 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9569 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9570 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9572 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9573 produce the list of files to search.
9575 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9577 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9579 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9580 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9581 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9582 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9583 directory specification.
9585 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9587 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9588 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9590 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9592 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9593 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9594 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9595 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9597 \(fn)" t nil)
9599 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9600 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9601 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9602 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9603 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9605 \(fn)" t nil)
9607 ;;;***
9609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21710
9610 ;;;;;; 25077 587662 873000))
9611 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9613 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9616 \(fn)" nil nil)
9618 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9619 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9621 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9622 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9624 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9625 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9626 primary language.
9628 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9629 even if the buffer is read-only.
9631 See also the descriptions of the variables
9632 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9634 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9636 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9637 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9639 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9640 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9642 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9643 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9644 primary language.
9646 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9647 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9649 See also the descriptions of the variables
9650 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9652 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9654 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9655 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9656 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9657 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9659 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9661 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9662 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9663 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9664 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9666 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9667 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9668 primary language.
9670 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9671 buffer is read-only.
9673 See also the descriptions of the variables
9674 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9675 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9677 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9679 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9680 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9682 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9683 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9685 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9686 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9687 the primary language.
9689 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9690 buffer is read-only.
9692 See also the descriptions of the variables
9693 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9694 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9696 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9698 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9699 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9700 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9702 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9704 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9705 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9707 \(fn)" t nil)
9709 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9710 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9712 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9713 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9714 be 1, 2, or 3.
9716 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9717 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9718 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9720 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9722 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9724 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9725 This function is deprecated.
9727 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9729 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9730 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9732 \(fn)" t nil)
9734 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9735 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9737 \(fn)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9740 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9742 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9743 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9745 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9746 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9748 \(fn)" nil nil)
9750 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9751 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9753 \(fn)" nil nil)
9755 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9756 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9758 \(fn)" nil nil)
9760 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9761 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9763 \(fn)" nil nil)
9765 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9766 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9767 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9769 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9771 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9774 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9776 ;;;***
9778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21781 3655 982151 703000))
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9781 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9782 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9783 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9784 server for future sessions.
9786 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9788 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9789 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9790 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9792 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9794 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9795 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9796 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9798 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9800 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9801 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9802 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9803 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9804 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9805 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9806 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9807 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9808 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9809 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9810 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9811 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9813 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9815 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9816 Display a form to query the directory server.
9817 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9818 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9820 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9822 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9823 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9824 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9826 \(fn)" t nil)
9828 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9830 ;;;***
9832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21781 3655 982151
9833 ;;;;;; 703000))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9836 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9837 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9839 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9841 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9842 Display URL and make it clickable.
9844 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9846 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9847 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9849 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9851 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9852 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9854 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9856 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9857 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9859 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9861 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9862 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9864 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9866 ;;;***
9868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21781 3655
9869 ;;;;;; 982151 703000))
9870 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9872 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9873 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9874 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9876 \(fn)" t nil)
9878 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9879 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9881 \(fn)" t nil)
9883 ;;;***
9885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21781
9886 ;;;;;; 3655 982151 703000))
9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9889 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9890 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9892 \(fn)" t nil)
9894 ;;;***
9896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21710 25077 516663
9897 ;;;;;; 190000))
9898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9900 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9901 Create an empty ewoc.
9903 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9905 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9906 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9907 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9908 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9909 `insert-before-markers'.
9911 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9912 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9913 respectively, of the ewoc.
9915 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9916 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9917 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9919 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9921 ;;;***
9923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21781 3655 983151 707000))
9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9926 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9927 Fetch URL and render the page.
9928 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9929 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9931 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9932 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9934 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9935 Render a file using EWW.
9937 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9939 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9942 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9944 ;;;***
9946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21710
9947 ;;;;;; 25077 688662 423000))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9950 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9951 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9952 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9954 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9956 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9957 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9958 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9959 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9960 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9962 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9964 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9965 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9966 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9967 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9968 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9969 executable.
9971 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9973 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9974 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9975 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9977 \(fn)" t nil)
9979 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9980 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9981 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9982 file modes.
9984 \(fn)" nil nil)
9986 ;;;***
9988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21710 25077 535663 105000))
9989 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9991 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9992 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9993 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9994 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9996 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9998 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9999 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10000 to generate such functions.
10002 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10003 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10004 beginning of the expanded text.
10006 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10007 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10008 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10009 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10011 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10013 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10015 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10016 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10017 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10019 \(fn)" nil nil)
10021 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10022 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10023 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10025 \(fn)" t nil)
10027 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10028 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10029 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10031 \(fn)" t nil)
10032 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10033 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10035 ;;;***
10037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21781 3656 33151
10038 ;;;;;; 904000))
10039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10041 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10042 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10043 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10045 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10046 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10047 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10049 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10051 Key definitions:
10052 \\{f90-mode-map}
10054 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10056 `f90-do-indent'
10057 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10058 `f90-if-indent'
10059 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10060 `f90-type-indent'
10061 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10062 `f90-program-indent'
10063 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10064 (default 2).
10065 `f90-associate-indent'
10066 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10067 `f90-critical-indent'
10068 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10069 `f90-continuation-indent'
10070 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10071 `f90-comment-region'
10072 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10073 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10074 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10075 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10076 (default \"!\").
10077 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10078 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10079 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10080 `f90-break-delimiters'
10081 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10082 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10083 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10084 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10085 (default t).
10086 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10087 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10088 `f90-smart-end'
10089 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10090 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10091 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10092 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10093 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10094 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10095 `f90-leave-line-no'
10096 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10098 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10099 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10101 \(fn)" t nil)
10103 ;;;***
10105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21710 25077 536663
10106 ;;;;;; 101000))
10107 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10109 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10110 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10111 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10112 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10114 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10115 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10116 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10117 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10118 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10120 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10121 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10122 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10123 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10124 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10125 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10126 attributes.
10128 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10129 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10131 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10133 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10134 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10135 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10136 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10138 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10140 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10141 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10142 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10143 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10145 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10146 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10147 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10149 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10150 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10151 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10152 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10154 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10156 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10157 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10158 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10160 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10161 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10162 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10163 the same amount).
10165 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10167 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10168 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10169 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10171 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10172 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10173 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10174 will remove any scaling currently active.
10176 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10178 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10179 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10180 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10182 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10183 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10184 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10185 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10186 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10188 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10189 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10191 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10193 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10194 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10196 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10197 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10198 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10200 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10201 the face height as long as the input event read
10202 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10204 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10205 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10206 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10207 will remove any scaling currently active.
10209 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10210 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10211 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10212 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10213 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10215 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10217 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10218 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10220 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10221 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10222 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10226 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10227 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10228 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10229 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10230 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10231 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10232 `buffer-face-mode'.
10234 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10235 local, and sets it to FACE.
10237 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10239 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10240 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10241 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10242 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10243 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10244 `face' text property.
10246 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10247 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10248 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10249 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10251 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10252 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10254 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10256 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10257 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10258 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10259 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10263 ;;;***
10265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21676 8646 760452
10266 ;;;;;; 0))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10268 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10270 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10271 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10272 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10273 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10275 \(fn)" nil nil)
10277 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10278 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10282 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10283 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10284 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10285 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10289 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10290 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10291 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10292 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10293 backup file names and the like).
10295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10297 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10298 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10299 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10300 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10301 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10302 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10303 internally by feedmail):
10305 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10306 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10307 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10308 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10310 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10311 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10312 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10313 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10314 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10316 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10318 ;;;***
10320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21781 3655 909151 416000))
10321 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10323 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10324 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10325 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10326 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10327 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10328 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10329 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10331 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10333 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10334 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10335 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10336 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10337 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10338 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10339 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10341 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10343 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10345 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10346 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10347 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10348 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10349 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10350 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10352 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10354 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10355 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10356 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10357 Return value:
10358 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10359 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10360 * otherwise, nil
10362 \(fn E)" t nil)
10364 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10365 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10366 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10368 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10370 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10371 Try to get a file name at point.
10372 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10374 \(fn)" nil nil)
10376 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10377 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10379 \(fn)" t nil)
10381 ;;;***
10383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21781 3655 909151
10384 ;;;;;; 416000))
10385 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10387 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10388 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10389 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10390 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10392 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10394 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10395 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10396 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10397 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10398 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10399 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10401 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10403 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10404 Add FILE to the file cache.
10406 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10408 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10409 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10410 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10412 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10414 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10415 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10416 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10418 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10420 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10421 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10422 This function does not use any external programs.
10423 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10424 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10425 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10427 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10429 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10430 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10431 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10432 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10433 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10434 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10435 \(directories) is done.
10437 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10439 ;;;***
10441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21710 25077 537663
10442 ;;;;;; 96000))
10443 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10445 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10446 Handle file system monitoring event.
10447 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10449 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10451 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10453 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10455 ;;;***
10457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21710 25077 537663
10458 ;;;;;; 96000))
10459 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10461 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10462 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10464 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10465 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10466 Local Variables list.
10468 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10469 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10470 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10472 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10474 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10475 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10477 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10479 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10480 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10482 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10483 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10484 the -*- line.
10486 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10487 then this function adds it.
10489 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10491 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10492 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10494 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10496 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10497 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10499 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10501 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10502 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10504 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10506 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10507 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10509 \(fn)" t nil)
10511 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10512 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10514 \(fn)" t nil)
10516 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10517 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10519 \(fn)" t nil)
10521 ;;;***
10523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21710 25077 539663
10524 ;;;;;; 87000))
10525 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10527 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10528 Filesets initialization.
10529 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10531 \(fn)" nil nil)
10533 ;;;***
10535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21781 3655 911151
10536 ;;;;;; 424000))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10538 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10540 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10541 Initiate the building of a find command.
10542 For example:
10544 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10545 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10546 (mtime \"+1\"))
10547 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10549 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10550 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10552 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10554 ;;;***
10556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21710 25077 539663
10557 ;;;;;; 87000))
10558 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10560 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10561 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10562 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10564 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10566 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10567 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10569 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10571 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10572 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10573 and run Dired on those files.
10574 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10575 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10577 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10579 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10581 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10583 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10584 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10585 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10587 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10588 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10590 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10591 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10593 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10595 ;;;***
10597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21710 25077 539663
10598 ;;;;;; 87000))
10599 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10601 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10602 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10603 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10604 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10605 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10606 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10607 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10609 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10611 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10612 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10613 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10615 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10617 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10619 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10621 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10622 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10623 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10625 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10626 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10628 Variables of interest include:
10630 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10631 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10632 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10634 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10635 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10636 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10638 - `ff-ignore-include'
10639 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10641 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10642 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10644 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10645 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10647 - `ff-special-constructs'
10648 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10649 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10650 extracting the filename from that construct.
10652 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10653 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10655 - `ff-search-directories'
10656 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10657 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10659 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10660 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10662 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10663 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10665 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10666 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10668 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10669 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10671 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10672 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10674 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10676 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10677 Visit the file you click on.
10679 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10681 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10682 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10684 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10686 ;;;***
10688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21781
10689 ;;;;;; 3655 894151 357000))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10692 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10693 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10694 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10696 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10698 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10699 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10700 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10701 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10703 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10704 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10705 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10706 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10708 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10710 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10711 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10713 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10714 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10715 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10716 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10718 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10719 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10720 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10722 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10723 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10724 in `load-path'.
10726 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10728 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10729 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10731 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10732 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10733 places point before the definition.
10734 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10736 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10737 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10738 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10740 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10742 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10743 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10745 See `find-function' for more details.
10747 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10749 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10750 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10752 See `find-function' for more details.
10754 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10756 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10757 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10759 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10760 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10761 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10763 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10764 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10766 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10768 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10769 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10771 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10772 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10773 places point before the definition.
10775 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10777 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10778 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10779 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10781 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10783 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10784 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10786 See `find-variable' for more details.
10788 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10790 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10791 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10793 See `find-variable' for more details.
10795 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10797 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10798 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10799 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10800 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10801 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10802 buffer nor display it.
10804 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10805 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10807 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10809 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10810 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10812 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10813 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10814 places point before the definition.
10816 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10818 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10819 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10820 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10822 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10824 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10825 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10826 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10828 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10830 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10831 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10833 \(fn)" t nil)
10835 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10836 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10838 \(fn)" t nil)
10840 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10841 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10843 \(fn)" nil nil)
10845 ;;;***
10847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21710 25077 539663
10848 ;;;;;; 87000))
10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10851 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10852 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10854 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10856 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10857 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10859 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10861 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10862 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10864 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10866 ;;;***
10868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21710 25077 539663 87000))
10869 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10870 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10872 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10873 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10875 \(fn)" t nil)
10877 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10878 Display FILE's commentary section.
10879 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10881 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10883 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10884 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10886 \(fn)" t nil)
10888 ;;;***
10890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21710 25077 539663
10891 ;;;;;; 87000))
10892 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10894 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10895 Toggle flow control handling.
10896 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10897 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10899 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10901 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10902 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10903 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10904 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10905 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10906 to get the effect of a C-q.
10908 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10910 ;;;***
10912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21710 25077
10913 ;;;;;; 550663 38000))
10914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10916 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10921 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10924 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10926 ;;;***
10928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21710 25077
10929 ;;;;;; 689662 418000))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10931 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10933 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10934 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10935 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10936 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10937 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10938 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10942 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10943 Turn flymake mode on.
10945 \(fn)" nil nil)
10947 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10948 Turn flymake mode off.
10950 \(fn)" nil nil)
10952 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10955 \(fn)" nil nil)
10957 ;;;***
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21781 3670
10960 ;;;;;; 716209 743000))
10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10963 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10964 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10966 \(fn)" t nil)
10967 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10969 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10970 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10971 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10972 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10973 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10975 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10976 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10977 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10979 Bindings:
10980 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10981 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10982 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10983 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10985 Hooks:
10986 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10988 Remark:
10989 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10990 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10991 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10993 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10994 consider adding:
10995 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10996 in your init file.
10998 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10999 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11003 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11004 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11006 \(fn)" nil nil)
11008 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11009 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11011 \(fn)" nil nil)
11013 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11014 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11016 \(fn)" nil nil)
11018 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11019 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11021 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11023 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11024 Flyspell whole buffer.
11026 \(fn)" t nil)
11028 ;;;***
11030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21710 25077 540663
11031 ;;;;;; 83000))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11033 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11035 ;;;***
11037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21710 25077 540663 83000))
11038 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11040 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11041 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11043 \(fn)" nil nil)
11045 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11046 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11048 \(fn)" nil nil)
11050 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11051 Toggle Follow mode.
11052 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11053 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11054 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11056 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11057 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11059 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11060 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11061 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11063 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11064 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11065 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11066 movement commands.
11068 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11069 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11070 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11071 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11072 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11073 mileage may vary).
11075 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11076 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11078 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11080 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11082 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11083 \\{follow-mode-map}
11085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11087 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11088 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11090 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11091 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11092 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11093 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11094 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11095 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11097 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11098 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11099 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11103 ;;;***
11105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21710 25077
11106 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
11107 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11108 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11110 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11111 Toggle Footnote mode.
11112 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11113 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11114 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11116 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11117 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11118 play around with the following keys:
11119 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11123 ;;;***
11125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21710 25077 541663 78000))
11126 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11128 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11129 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11131 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11132 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11133 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11134 C-c < forms-first-record <
11135 C-c > forms-last-record >
11136 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11137 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11138 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11139 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11140 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11141 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11142 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11143 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11144 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11145 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11147 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11149 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11150 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11152 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11154 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11155 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11157 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11159 ;;;***
11161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21710 25077
11162 ;;;;;; 690662 414000))
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11165 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11166 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11167 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11169 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11170 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11172 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11174 Key definitions:
11175 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11177 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11179 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11180 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11181 `fortran-do-indent'
11182 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11183 `fortran-if-indent'
11184 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11185 `fortran-structure-indent'
11186 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11187 (default 3)
11188 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11189 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11190 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11191 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11192 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11193 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11194 nil don't change the indentation
11195 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11196 value of either
11197 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11198 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11199 depending on the continuation format in use.
11200 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11201 indentation for a line of code.
11202 (default 'fixed)
11203 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11204 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11205 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11206 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11207 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11208 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11209 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11210 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11211 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11212 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11213 column 5.
11214 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11215 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11216 statements (default nil).
11217 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11218 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11219 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11220 `fortran-continuation-string'
11221 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11222 line (default \"$\").
11223 `fortran-comment-region'
11224 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11225 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11226 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11227 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11228 as typed (default t).
11229 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11230 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11232 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11233 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11235 \(fn)" t nil)
11237 ;;;***
11239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21710 25077 671662
11240 ;;;;;; 499000))
11241 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11243 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11244 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11246 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11247 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11249 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11251 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11252 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11254 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11255 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11257 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11259 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11260 Compile fortune file.
11262 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11263 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11265 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11267 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11268 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11270 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11271 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11272 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11273 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11275 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11277 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11278 Display a fortune cookie.
11279 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11280 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11281 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11282 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11284 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11286 ;;;***
11288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21781 3655 912151
11289 ;;;;;; 428000))
11290 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11292 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11293 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11294 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11296 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11297 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11298 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11300 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11301 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11303 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11304 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11306 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11307 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11308 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11309 intend to modify existing values, do
11311 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11313 before changing anything.
11315 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11316 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11318 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11319 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11320 to restore the frame.
11322 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11323 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11324 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11326 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11327 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11328 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11329 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11330 FILTER A filter function.
11332 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11333 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11335 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11337 where
11339 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11340 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11341 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11342 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11343 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11344 before restoring it.
11345 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11347 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11348 It must return:
11349 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11350 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11351 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11353 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11354 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11356 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11357 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11358 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11359 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11360 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11361 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11362 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11364 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11366 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11367 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11369 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11371 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11372 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11373 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11374 If nil, check all live frames.
11376 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11378 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11379 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11380 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11381 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11382 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11383 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11384 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11385 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11386 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11387 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11388 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11390 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11392 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11393 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11395 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11396 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11397 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11398 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11399 and window-state is not restored.
11401 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11402 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11404 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11405 t All existing frames can be reused.
11406 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11407 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11408 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11409 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11411 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11412 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11413 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11414 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11415 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11416 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11417 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11418 be created from that parameter alist.
11420 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11421 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11422 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11423 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11424 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11425 - the live frame just restored,
11426 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11427 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11428 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11430 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11431 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11432 nil Keep all frames.
11433 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11434 - FRAME, a live frame.
11435 - ACTION, which can be one of
11436 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11437 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11438 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11439 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11440 Return value is ignored.
11442 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11443 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11444 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11445 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11446 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11448 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11450 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11452 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11453 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11454 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11456 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11458 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11459 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11460 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11461 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11463 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11465 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11467 ;;;***
11469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21781 3656 15151
11470 ;;;;;; 833000))
11471 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11472 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11474 ;;;***
11476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21781 3656
11477 ;;;;;; 35151 912000))
11478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11480 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11481 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11482 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11484 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11486 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11487 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11488 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11489 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11490 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11491 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11492 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11496 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11497 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11498 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11499 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11501 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11502 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11503 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11504 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11505 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11507 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11508 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11509 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11510 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11512 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11513 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11514 shown in some of the buffers.
11516 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11518 The following commands help control operation :
11520 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11521 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11523 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11524 detailed description of this mode.
11527 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11528 | GDB Toolbar |
11529 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11530 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11531 | | |
11532 | | |
11533 | | |
11534 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11535 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11536 | | (comint-mode) |
11537 | | |
11538 | | |
11539 | | |
11540 | | |
11541 | | |
11542 | | |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11544 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11545 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11546 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11547 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11548 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11550 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11552 ;;;***
11554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21710 25077
11555 ;;;;;; 517663 185000))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11558 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11559 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11560 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11561 instead (which see).")
11563 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11564 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11566 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11567 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11568 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11569 documentation string instead.
11571 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11572 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11573 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11574 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11575 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11576 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11577 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11578 enders are actually possible.
11580 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11581 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11583 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11584 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11585 `font-lock-keywords'.
11587 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11588 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11589 runs the macro expansion.
11591 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11592 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11593 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11595 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11597 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11599 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11601 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11603 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11604 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11606 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11608 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11609 Enter generic mode MODE.
11611 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11612 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11613 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11615 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11616 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11618 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11620 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11621 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11622 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11623 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11624 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11625 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11626 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11627 `font-lock-keywords'.
11629 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11631 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11633 ;;;***
11635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21710 25077
11636 ;;;;;; 691662 409000))
11637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11639 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11640 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11642 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11643 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11644 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11648 ;;;***
11650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21781 3655
11651 ;;;;;; 921151 463000))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11654 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11655 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11656 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11658 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11660 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11661 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11663 Guideline for numbers:
11664 1 - error messages
11665 3 - non-serious error messages
11666 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11667 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11668 9 - messages inside loops.
11670 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11672 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11673 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11674 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11676 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11678 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11679 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11681 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11683 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11684 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11686 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11687 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11688 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11689 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11690 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11691 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11693 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11694 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11695 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11696 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11697 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11699 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11701 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11703 ;;;***
11705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21781 3655 932151 506000))
11706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11707 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11708 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11709 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11711 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11712 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11716 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11717 Read network news.
11718 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11719 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11720 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11721 name of an NNTP server to use.
11722 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11723 server.
11725 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11727 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11728 Read news as a slave.
11730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11732 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11733 Pop up a frame to read news.
11734 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11735 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11736 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11737 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11738 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11739 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11740 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11741 current display is used.
11743 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11745 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11746 Read network news.
11747 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11748 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11749 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11751 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11753 ;;;***
11755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21710 25077
11756 ;;;;;; 551663 34000))
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11759 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Start Gnus unplugged.
11762 \(fn)" t nil)
11764 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11765 Start Gnus plugged.
11767 \(fn)" t nil)
11769 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11770 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11774 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11775 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11777 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11778 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11779 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11781 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11782 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11783 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11785 \(fn)" t nil)
11787 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11790 \(fn)" nil nil)
11792 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11793 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11794 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11795 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11796 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11797 supported.
11799 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11801 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11803 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11804 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11805 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11806 supported.
11808 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11810 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11813 \(fn)" nil nil)
11815 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11816 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11817 downloaded into the agent.
11819 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11821 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11823 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11824 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11826 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11828 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11829 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11831 \(fn)" t nil)
11833 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11834 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11836 \(fn)" t nil)
11838 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11839 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11840 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11842 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11844 ;;;***
11846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21781 3655 922151
11847 ;;;;;; 467000))
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11850 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11851 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11853 \(fn)" nil nil)
11855 ;;;***
11857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21781
11858 ;;;;;; 3655 924151 475000))
11859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11861 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11862 Set a bookmark for this article.
11864 \(fn)" t nil)
11866 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11867 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11869 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11871 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11872 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11873 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11874 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11875 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11877 \(fn)" t nil)
11879 ;;;***
11881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21781 3655
11882 ;;;;;; 924151 475000))
11883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11885 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11886 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11888 Usage:
11889 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11891 \(fn)" t nil)
11893 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11894 Generate the cache active file.
11896 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11898 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11899 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11901 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11903 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11904 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11905 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11906 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11907 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11908 supported.
11910 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11912 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11913 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11914 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11915 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11916 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11917 supported.
11919 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11921 ;;;***
11923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21781 3655
11924 ;;;;;; 925151 479000))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11927 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11928 Delay this article by some time.
11929 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11931 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11932 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11934 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11935 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11937 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11938 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11940 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11942 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11943 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11945 \(fn)" t nil)
11947 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11948 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11949 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11950 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11952 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11953 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11955 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11957 ;;;***
11959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21710 25077
11960 ;;;;;; 553663 25000))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11963 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11966 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11968 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11971 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11973 ;;;***
11975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21710 25077
11976 ;;;;;; 553663 25000))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11979 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11980 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11982 \(fn)" t nil)
11984 ;;;***
11986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21710 25077
11987 ;;;;;; 553663 25000))
11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11990 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11991 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11993 \(fn)" t nil)
11995 ;;;***
11997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21781 3655 925151
11998 ;;;;;; 479000))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12001 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12002 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12006 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12007 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12009 \(fn)" t nil)
12011 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12012 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12014 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12015 different input formats.
12017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12019 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12020 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12022 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12023 different input formats.
12025 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12027 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12028 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12029 The PNG is returned as a string.
12031 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12033 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12034 Convert FILE to a Face.
12035 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12036 726 bytes.
12038 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12040 ;;;***
12042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21710
12043 ;;;;;; 25077 554663 20000))
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12046 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12047 Display gravatar in the From header.
12048 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12050 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12052 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12053 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12054 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12056 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12058 ;;;***
12060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21781 3655
12061 ;;;;;; 926151 483000))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12064 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12065 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12066 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12067 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12069 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12071 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12072 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12074 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12076 ;;;***
12078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21781 3655
12079 ;;;;;; 926151 483000))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12082 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12085 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12087 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12090 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12092 ;;;***
12094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21710 25077
12095 ;;;;;; 555663 16000))
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12098 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12100 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12101 Run batched scoring.
12102 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12104 \(fn)" t nil)
12106 ;;;***
12108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21710 25077 555663
12109 ;;;;;; 16000))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12112 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12115 \(fn)" nil nil)
12117 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12118 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12119 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12121 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12123 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12124 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12126 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12130 ;;;***
12132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21781 3655
12133 ;;;;;; 927151 487000))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12136 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12137 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12138 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12139 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12140 group parameters.
12142 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12143 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12144 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12145 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12147 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12148 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12149 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12150 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12151 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12152 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12153 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12154 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12155 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12156 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12158 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12160 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12161 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12162 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12163 nil CATCH-ALL).
12165 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12166 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12168 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12170 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12171 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12172 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12174 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12176 \(fn)" nil nil)
12178 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12179 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12180 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12182 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12184 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12185 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12186 existing groups are considered.
12188 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12189 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12190 returned.
12192 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12193 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12194 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12195 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12196 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12197 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12198 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12199 clauses will be generated.
12201 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12202 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12203 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12204 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12205 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12206 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12208 For example, given the following group parameters:
12210 nnml:mail.bar:
12211 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12212 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12213 nnml:mail.foo:
12214 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12215 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12216 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12217 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12218 nnml:mail.others:
12219 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12221 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12223 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12224 \"mail.bar\")
12225 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12226 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12227 \"mail.others\")
12229 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12231 ;;;***
12233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21781 3655 928151
12234 ;;;;;; 491000))
12235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12237 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12238 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12239 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12240 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12241 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12242 instead.
12244 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12246 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12247 Mail to ADDRESS.
12249 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12251 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12252 Like `message-reply'.
12254 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12256 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12258 ;;;***
12260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12261 ;;;;;; (21781 3655 928151 491000))
12262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12264 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12265 Send a notification on new message.
12266 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12267 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12268 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12270 This is typically a function to add in
12271 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12273 \(fn)" nil nil)
12275 ;;;***
12277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21781 3655
12278 ;;;;;; 928151 491000))
12279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12281 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12282 Display picons in the From header.
12283 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12285 \(fn)" t nil)
12287 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12288 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12289 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12291 \(fn)" t nil)
12293 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12294 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12295 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12297 \(fn)" t nil)
12299 ;;;***
12301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21710 25077
12302 ;;;;;; 556663 11000))
12303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12305 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12306 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12307 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12308 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12310 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12312 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12313 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12314 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12315 LIST1 is modified.
12317 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12319 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12320 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12321 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12325 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12328 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12330 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12331 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12332 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12334 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12336 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12337 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12338 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12340 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12342 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12344 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12345 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12346 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12348 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12350 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12351 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12352 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12354 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12356 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12357 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12358 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12360 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12362 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12363 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12365 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12367 ;;;***
12369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21781
12370 ;;;;;; 3655 928151 491000))
12371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12373 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12374 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12376 \(fn)" t nil)
12378 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12379 Install the registry hooks.
12381 \(fn)" t nil)
12383 ;;;***
12385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21710 25077
12386 ;;;;;; 557663 7000))
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12389 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12390 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12391 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12392 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12393 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12394 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12396 \(fn)" t nil)
12398 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12399 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12400 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12401 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12402 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12404 \(fn)" t nil)
12406 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12409 \(fn)" t nil)
12411 ;;;***
12413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21781 3655
12414 ;;;;;; 928151 491000))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12417 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12418 Update the format specification near point.
12420 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12422 ;;;***
12424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21781 3655
12425 ;;;;;; 929151 494000))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12428 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12429 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12431 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12433 ;;;***
12435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21781 3655 931151
12436 ;;;;;; 502000))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12439 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12440 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12441 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12443 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12445 ;;;***
12447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21710 25077
12448 ;;;;;; 560662 994000))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12451 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12452 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12454 \(fn)" t nil)
12456 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12457 Install the sync hooks.
12459 \(fn)" t nil)
12461 ;;;***
12463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21710 25077
12464 ;;;;;; 561662 989000))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12467 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12468 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12470 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12472 ;;;***
12474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21781 3655 983151
12475 ;;;;;; 707000))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12478 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12479 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12480 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12481 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12482 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12483 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12485 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12487 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12489 ;;;***
12491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21710 25077 672662
12492 ;;;;;; 494000))
12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12495 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12496 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12498 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12499 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12500 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12502 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12503 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12504 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12506 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12507 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12509 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12510 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12512 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12514 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12516 ;;;***
12518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21710 25077
12519 ;;;;;; 620662 726000))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12522 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12524 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12525 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12526 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12527 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12528 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12530 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12532 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12533 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12534 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12535 or to send e-mail.
12536 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12537 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12539 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12540 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12542 \(fn)" t nil)
12543 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12545 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12546 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12548 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12549 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12553 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12554 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12558 ;;;***
12560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21781 3655 932151
12561 ;;;;;; 506000))
12562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12564 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12565 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12566 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12568 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12570 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12571 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12573 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12575 ;;;***
12577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21781 3656 35151
12578 ;;;;;; 912000))
12579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12581 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12582 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12584 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12586 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12587 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12588 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12589 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12590 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12592 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12593 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12594 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12596 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12598 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12599 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12600 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12601 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12602 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12604 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12606 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12607 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12609 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12611 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12612 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12614 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12615 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12616 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12618 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12619 The default find program.
12620 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12621 and others.")
12623 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12624 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12625 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12626 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12628 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12629 How to invoke find and grep.
12630 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12631 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12632 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12633 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12635 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12637 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12638 History list for grep.")
12640 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12641 History list for grep-find.")
12643 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12644 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12645 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12647 \(fn)" nil nil)
12649 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12652 \(fn)" nil nil)
12654 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12655 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12657 \(fn)" nil nil)
12659 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12660 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12661 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12662 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12663 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12665 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12666 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12668 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12669 can easily repeat a grep command.
12671 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12672 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12673 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12674 list is empty).
12676 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12678 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12679 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12680 Collect output in a buffer.
12681 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12682 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12684 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12685 easily repeat a find command.
12687 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12689 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12691 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12692 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12693 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12694 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12695 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12697 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12698 before it is executed.
12699 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12701 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12702 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12703 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12705 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12707 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12709 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12710 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12711 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12712 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12713 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12715 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12716 before it is executed.
12717 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12719 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12720 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12721 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12722 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12724 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12726 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12727 to specify a command to run.
12729 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12731 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12732 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12733 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12734 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12736 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12738 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12740 ;;;***
12742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21710 25077 573662 936000))
12743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12745 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12746 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12747 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12748 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12749 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12751 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12753 ;;;***
12755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21781 3656 36151
12756 ;;;;;; 916000))
12757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12759 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12760 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12761 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12762 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12764 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12766 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12767 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12768 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12769 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12771 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12773 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12774 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12775 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12776 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12778 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12780 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12781 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12782 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12783 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12785 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12786 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12788 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12790 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12791 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12792 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12793 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12795 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12797 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12798 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12799 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12800 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12802 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12804 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12805 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12806 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12807 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12808 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12810 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12811 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12812 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12813 original source file access method.
12815 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12816 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12818 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12820 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12821 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12823 \(fn)" t nil)
12825 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12826 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12827 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12830 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12832 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12834 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12835 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12838 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12842 ;;;***
12844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21781 3655 894151
12845 ;;;;;; 357000))
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12848 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12849 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12850 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12851 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12852 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12853 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12854 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12855 set it to.
12856 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12858 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12860 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12861 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12862 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12863 of PLACE.
12864 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12865 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12866 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12867 and SETTER.
12868 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12869 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12871 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12873 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12875 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12876 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12877 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12878 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12879 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12881 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12883 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12885 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12888 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12890 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12892 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12894 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12895 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12896 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12897 well for simple place forms.
12898 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12899 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12900 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12901 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12902 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12903 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12904 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12906 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12908 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12910 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12911 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12912 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12913 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12914 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12916 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12917 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12918 (let ((temp VAL))
12919 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12920 temp)
12921 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12923 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12925 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12926 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12927 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12928 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12929 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12930 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12932 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12934 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12936 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12937 Return a reference to PLACE.
12938 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12939 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12940 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12941 binding mode.
12943 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12945 ;;;***
12947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21710 25077
12948 ;;;;;; 672662 494000))
12949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12951 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12952 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12953 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12954 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12956 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12957 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12958 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12959 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12961 \(fn)" t nil)
12963 ;;;***
12965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21676 8647 77439 0))
12966 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12968 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12969 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12971 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12973 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12974 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12975 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12976 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12978 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12980 \(fn)" t nil)
12982 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12983 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12984 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12985 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12986 to be updated.
12988 \(fn)" t nil)
12990 ;;;***
12992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21781 3655 972151
12993 ;;;;;; 664000))
12994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12996 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12997 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12999 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13001 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13002 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13003 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13005 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13007 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13008 Verify a hashcash payment
13010 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13012 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13013 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13014 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13015 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13016 `mail-add-payment-async').
13018 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13020 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13021 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13022 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13023 Calculation is asynchronous.
13025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13027 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13028 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13029 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13033 ;;;***
13035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21710 25077 573662
13036 ;;;;;; 936000))
13037 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13039 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Return the help-echo string at point.
13041 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13042 property, or nil, is returned.
13043 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13044 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13045 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13047 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13049 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13050 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13051 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13052 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13053 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13055 \(fn)" nil nil)
13057 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13058 Display local help in the echo area.
13059 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13060 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13061 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13062 printed instead.
13064 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13065 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13066 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13070 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13071 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13072 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13074 \(fn)" t nil)
13076 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13077 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13078 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13080 \(fn)" t nil)
13082 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13083 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13084 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13085 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13086 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13087 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13088 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13089 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13090 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13091 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13092 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13094 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13095 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13096 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13097 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13098 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13100 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13101 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13102 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13103 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13104 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13105 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13106 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13107 The default is `never'.")
13109 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13111 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13112 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13113 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13114 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13115 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13116 considered different regions.
13118 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13119 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13120 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13121 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13122 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13123 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13124 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13125 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13126 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13128 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13130 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13131 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13132 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13133 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13134 different regions.
13136 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13137 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13138 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13139 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13140 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13141 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13142 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13143 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13145 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13146 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13147 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13148 rarely happens in practice.
13150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13152 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13153 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13154 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13155 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13156 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13157 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13161 ;;;***
13163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21781 3655 948151
13164 ;;;;;; 569000))
13165 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13167 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13168 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13170 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13172 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13173 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13174 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13176 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13178 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13179 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13180 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13181 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13182 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13183 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13184 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13185 search for a function definition.
13187 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13188 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13189 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13190 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13191 suitable file is found, return nil.
13193 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13195 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13198 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13200 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13201 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13202 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13203 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13205 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13207 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13208 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13209 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13210 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13211 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13212 it is displayed along with the global value.
13214 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13216 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13217 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13218 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13219 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13223 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13224 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13225 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13226 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13227 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13229 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13231 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13232 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13234 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13236 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13237 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13239 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13241 ;;;***
13243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21710 25077 573662
13244 ;;;;;; 936000))
13245 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13247 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13248 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13249 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13250 window listing and describing the options.
13251 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13252 gives the window that lists the options.")
13254 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13256 ;;;***
13258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21781 3655 950151
13259 ;;;;;; 577000))
13260 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13262 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13263 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13264 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13265 Commands:
13266 \\{help-mode-map}
13268 \(fn)" t nil)
13270 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13273 \(fn)" nil nil)
13275 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13278 \(fn)" nil nil)
13280 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13281 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13283 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13284 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13285 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13286 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13288 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13289 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13290 restore it properly when going back.
13292 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13294 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13295 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13296 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13297 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13298 from `help-mode'.
13299 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13300 it does not already exist.
13302 \(fn)" nil nil)
13304 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13305 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13307 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13308 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13309 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13310 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13311 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13312 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13313 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13314 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13316 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13317 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13318 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13319 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13321 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13322 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13323 that.
13325 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13327 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13328 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13329 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13330 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13331 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13332 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13334 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13336 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13337 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13338 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13339 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13340 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13342 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13344 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13345 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13347 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13349 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13350 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13351 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13352 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13354 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13356 ;;;***
13358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21710 25077
13359 ;;;;;; 517663 185000))
13360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13362 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13363 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13365 \(fn)" t nil)
13367 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13368 Provide help for current mode.
13370 \(fn)" t nil)
13372 ;;;***
13374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21781 3655 951151 581000))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13377 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13378 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13379 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13380 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13381 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13383 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13384 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13386 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13387 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13388 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13389 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13391 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13392 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13393 periods.
13395 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13396 in hexl format.
13398 A sample format:
13400 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13401 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13402 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13403 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13404 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13405 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13406 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13407 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13408 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13409 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13410 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13411 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13412 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13413 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13414 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13416 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13417 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13418 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13420 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13421 also supported.
13423 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13425 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13426 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13427 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13429 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13430 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13431 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13433 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13434 into the buffer at the current point.
13436 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13437 into the buffer at the current point.
13439 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13440 into the buffer at the current point.
13442 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13444 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13445 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13447 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13449 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13453 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13454 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13455 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13456 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13458 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13460 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13461 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13462 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13464 \(fn)" t nil)
13466 ;;;***
13468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21781 3655 951151 581000))
13469 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13471 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13472 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13473 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13474 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13475 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13477 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13478 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13479 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13480 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13482 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13483 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13484 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13485 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13487 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13488 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13489 which can be called interactively, are:
13491 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13492 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13494 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13495 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13496 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13497 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13499 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13500 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13502 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13503 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13504 available face automatically.
13506 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13507 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13509 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13510 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13511 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13512 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13513 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13514 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13515 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13516 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13517 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13518 function returns t.
13520 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13521 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13523 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13524 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13525 form:
13526 Hi-lock: FOO
13528 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13529 position (number of characters into buffer)
13530 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13531 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13532 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13536 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13537 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13538 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13541 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13543 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13545 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13546 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13547 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13548 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13549 ARG is omitted or nil.
13551 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13552 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13553 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13557 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13559 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13560 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13561 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13562 Use the global history list for FACE.
13564 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13565 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13566 highlighting will not update as you type.
13568 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13570 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13572 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13573 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13574 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13575 Use the global history list for FACE.
13577 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13578 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13579 highlighting will not update as you type.
13581 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13583 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13585 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13586 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13587 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13588 Use the global history list for FACE.
13590 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13591 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13592 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13594 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13595 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13596 highlighting will not update as you type.
13598 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13600 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13602 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13603 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13604 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13605 unless you use a prefix argument.
13606 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13608 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13609 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13611 \(fn)" t nil)
13613 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13615 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13616 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13617 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13618 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13619 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13620 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13622 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13624 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13625 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13627 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13628 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13629 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13631 \(fn)" t nil)
13633 ;;;***
13635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21781 3656
13636 ;;;;;; 36151 916000))
13637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13639 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13640 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13642 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13643 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13645 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13646 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13647 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13648 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13650 `hide-ifdef-env'
13651 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13652 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13653 is used.
13655 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13656 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13657 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13658 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13659 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13661 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13662 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13663 #endif lines when hiding.
13665 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13666 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13667 is activated.
13669 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13670 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13671 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13673 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13677 ;;;***
13679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21781 3656
13680 ;;;;;; 36151 916000))
13681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13683 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13684 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13685 Each element has the form
13686 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13688 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13689 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13691 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13692 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13694 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13695 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13696 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13697 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13698 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13699 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13701 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13702 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13704 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13705 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13707 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13708 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13709 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13711 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13712 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13714 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13715 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13717 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13718 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13719 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13721 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13722 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13723 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13725 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13726 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13728 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13730 Key bindings:
13731 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13735 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13736 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13738 \(fn)" nil nil)
13740 ;;;***
13742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21710 25077 575662
13743 ;;;;;; 927000))
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13746 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13747 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13748 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13749 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13750 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13752 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13753 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13754 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13755 this on and off.
13757 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13758 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13759 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13760 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13761 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13762 through various faces.
13763 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13764 buffer with the contents of a file
13765 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13769 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13770 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13772 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13773 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13775 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13776 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13777 in a distinctive face.
13779 The default value can be customized with variable
13780 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13782 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13786 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13787 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13788 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13790 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13792 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13793 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13795 \(fn)" t nil)
13797 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13798 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13800 \(fn)" t nil)
13802 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13803 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13805 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13806 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13807 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13808 shown in the last face in the list.
13810 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13811 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13812 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13814 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13816 \(fn)" t nil)
13818 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13819 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13821 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13823 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13824 to save the file.
13826 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13827 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13829 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13830 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13831 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13833 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13835 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13836 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13838 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13839 this function is called interactively.
13841 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13842 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13843 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13845 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13846 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13847 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13849 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13851 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13852 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13853 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13856 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13858 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13860 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13861 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13862 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13863 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13864 ARG is omitted or nil.
13866 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13867 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13868 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13872 ;;;***
13874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21781 3655 951151
13875 ;;;;;; 581000))
13876 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13877 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13879 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13880 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13881 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13882 or insert functions in this list.")
13884 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13886 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13887 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13888 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13889 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13890 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13891 expansions.
13892 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13893 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13894 undoes the expansion.
13896 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13898 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13899 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13900 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13901 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13903 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13905 ;;;***
13907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21710 25077 575662
13908 ;;;;;; 927000))
13909 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13911 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13912 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13914 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13915 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13917 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13918 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13919 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13920 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13921 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13922 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13924 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13925 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13926 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13927 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13931 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13932 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13933 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13934 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13935 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13936 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13938 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13940 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13941 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13942 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13943 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13944 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13946 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13947 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13948 windows.
13950 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13951 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13955 ;;;***
13957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21781 3655
13958 ;;;;;; 853151 195000))
13959 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13961 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13963 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13964 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13965 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13967 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13969 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13971 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13973 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13974 Oriental holidays.
13975 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13977 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13979 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13981 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13983 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13984 Local holidays.
13985 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13987 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13989 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13991 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13993 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13994 User defined holidays.
13995 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13997 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13999 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14001 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14002 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14004 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14006 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14007 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14009 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14011 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14012 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14014 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14016 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14017 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14019 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14021 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14023 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14024 Jewish holidays.
14025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14027 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14029 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14031 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14033 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14034 Christian holidays.
14035 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14037 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14039 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14041 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14043 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14044 Islamic holidays.
14045 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14047 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14049 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14051 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14053 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14054 Bahá'í holidays.
14055 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14057 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14059 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14061 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14063 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14064 Sun-related holidays.
14065 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14067 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14069 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14071 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14073 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14074 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14075 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14076 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14080 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14081 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14082 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14083 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14084 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14086 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14087 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14089 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14090 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14092 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14093 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14094 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14095 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14096 of a holiday list.
14098 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14100 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14102 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14104 ;;;***
14106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21710 25077
14107 ;;;;;; 562662 985000))
14108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14110 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14111 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14113 \(fn)" t nil)
14115 ;;;***
14117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21781 3655
14118 ;;;;;; 952151 585000))
14119 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14120 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14122 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14123 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14124 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14125 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14126 as possible.
14128 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14129 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14130 fontified display.
14132 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14133 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14135 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14136 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14137 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14139 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14141 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14142 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14143 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14145 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14147 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14149 ;;;***
14151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21781 3655 953151
14152 ;;;;;; 589000))
14153 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14155 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14156 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14158 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14159 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14160 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14162 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14163 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14164 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14165 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14166 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14167 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14169 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14170 title of the column.
14172 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14173 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14174 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14175 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14176 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14178 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14180 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14181 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14182 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14183 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14184 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14186 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14187 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14188 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14190 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14192 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14193 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14194 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14195 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14196 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14197 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14199 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14200 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14201 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14202 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14203 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14204 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14205 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14206 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14207 values are:
14208 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14209 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14210 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14211 buffer's modification flag.
14212 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14213 prompted before performing this operation.
14214 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14215 operation is complete, in the form:
14216 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14217 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14218 confirmation message, in the form:
14219 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14220 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14221 macro for exactly what it does.
14223 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14225 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14226 Define a filter named NAME.
14227 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14228 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14229 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14231 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14232 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14233 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14234 bound to the current value of the filter.
14236 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14238 ;;;***
14240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21781 3655 953151 589000))
14241 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14243 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14244 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14245 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14246 buffers which are visiting a file.
14248 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14250 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14251 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14252 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14253 buffers which are visiting a file.
14255 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14257 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14258 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14259 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14261 All arguments are optional.
14262 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14263 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14264 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14265 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14266 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14267 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14268 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14269 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14270 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14271 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14272 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14273 that value locally in this buffer.
14275 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14277 ;;;***
14279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21781
14280 ;;;;;; 3655 853151 195000))
14281 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14282 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14284 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14285 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14286 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14287 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14289 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14291 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14292 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14293 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14294 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14295 ICAL-FILENAME.
14296 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14297 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14298 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14300 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14302 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14303 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14304 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14305 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14306 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14307 non-marking or not.
14309 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14311 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14312 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14314 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14315 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14316 DIARY-FILE.
14318 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14319 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14320 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14322 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14323 non-marking.
14325 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14326 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14327 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14329 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14331 ;;;***
14333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21781 3655 953151
14334 ;;;;;; 589000))
14335 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14337 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14338 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14339 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14342 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14344 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14346 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14347 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14348 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14349 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14350 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14352 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14353 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14354 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14355 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14357 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14358 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14360 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14361 completions:
14363 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14367 ;;;***
14369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21710 25077 692662
14370 ;;;;;; 405000))
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14373 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14374 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14375 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14376 Tab indents for Icon code.
14377 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14378 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14379 \\{icon-mode-map}
14380 Variables controlling indentation style:
14381 icon-tab-always-indent
14382 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14383 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14384 icon-auto-newline
14385 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14386 inserted in Icon code.
14387 icon-indent-level
14388 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14389 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14390 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14391 icon-continued-statement-offset
14392 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14393 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14394 icon-continued-brace-offset
14395 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14396 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14397 icon-brace-offset
14398 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14399 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14400 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14401 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14403 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14404 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14406 \(fn)" t nil)
14408 ;;;***
14410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21781
14411 ;;;;;; 3656 37151 920000))
14412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14414 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14415 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14416 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14417 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14419 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14420 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14421 separate frames.
14423 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14424 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14426 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14427 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14428 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14430 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14432 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14434 ;;;***
14436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21781 3656
14437 ;;;;;; 39151 928000))
14438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14439 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14441 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14442 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14444 The main features of this mode are
14446 1. Indentation and Formatting
14447 --------------------------
14448 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14449 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14451 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14452 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14453 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14454 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14456 Comments are indented as follows:
14458 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14459 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14460 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14462 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14464 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14465 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14466 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14467 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14468 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14469 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14471 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14472 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14473 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14474 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14476 2. Routine Info
14477 ------------
14478 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14479 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14480 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14481 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14482 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14483 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14484 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14485 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14486 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14487 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14489 3. Online IDL Help
14490 ---------------
14492 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14493 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14494 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14495 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14497 4. Completion
14498 ----------
14499 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14500 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14501 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14502 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14503 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14504 upper case.
14506 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14507 --------------------------------
14508 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14509 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14511 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14512 \\fu FUNCTION template
14513 \\c CASE statement template
14514 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14515 \\f FOR loop template
14516 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14517 \\w WHILE loop template
14518 \\i IF statement template
14519 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14520 \\b BEGIN
14522 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14523 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14525 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14526 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14527 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14528 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14530 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14531 -------------------------
14532 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14533 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14535 7. Automatic END completion
14536 ------------------------
14537 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14538 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14540 8. Hooks
14541 -----
14542 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14543 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14545 9. Documentation and Customization
14546 -------------------------------
14547 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14548 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14549 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14550 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14551 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14552 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14554 10.Keybindings
14555 -----------
14556 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14557 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14558 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14560 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14562 \(fn)" t nil)
14564 ;;;***
14566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21781 3655 954151 593000))
14567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14569 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14570 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14571 The following values are possible:
14572 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14573 displaying...)
14574 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14575 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14576 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14579 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14581 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14583 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14584 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14585 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14586 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14587 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14588 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14589 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14590 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14591 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14595 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14596 Switch to another buffer.
14597 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14598 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14599 in another frame.
14601 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14602 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14603 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14604 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14605 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14607 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14608 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14610 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14612 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14613 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14614 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14615 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14616 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14617 in a separate window.
14618 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14619 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14620 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14621 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14622 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14623 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14624 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14625 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14626 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14628 \(fn)" t nil)
14630 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14631 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14632 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14633 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14635 \(fn)" t nil)
14637 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14638 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14639 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14640 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14642 \(fn)" t nil)
14644 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14645 Kill a buffer.
14646 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14647 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14649 \(fn)" t nil)
14651 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14652 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14653 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14654 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14656 \(fn)" t nil)
14658 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14659 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14660 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14661 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14663 \(fn)" t nil)
14665 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14666 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14668 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14670 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14671 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14672 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14673 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14674 in another frame.
14676 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14677 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14678 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14679 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14680 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14681 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14683 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14684 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14686 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14688 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14689 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14690 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14691 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14692 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14693 in a separate window.
14694 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14695 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14696 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14697 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14698 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14699 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14700 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14701 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14702 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14703 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14704 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14705 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14706 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14707 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14708 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14709 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14710 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14711 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14713 \(fn)" t nil)
14715 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14716 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14717 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14718 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14722 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14723 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14724 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14725 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14727 \(fn)" t nil)
14729 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14730 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14731 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14732 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14734 \(fn)" t nil)
14736 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14737 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14738 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14739 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14741 \(fn)" t nil)
14743 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14744 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14745 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14748 \(fn)" t nil)
14750 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14751 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14752 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14755 \(fn)" t nil)
14757 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14758 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14759 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14762 \(fn)" t nil)
14764 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14765 Write current buffer to a file.
14766 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14769 \(fn)" t nil)
14771 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14772 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14773 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14776 \(fn)" t nil)
14778 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14779 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14780 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14781 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14783 \(fn)" t nil)
14785 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14786 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14787 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14788 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14789 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14790 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14792 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14794 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14795 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14796 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14797 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14799 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14801 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14802 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14803 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14804 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14806 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14808 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14809 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14810 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14811 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14812 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14813 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14814 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14815 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14816 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14817 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14818 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14819 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14820 with point positioned at the end.
14821 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14822 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14824 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14826 ;;;***
14828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21781 3655 954151 593000))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14831 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14832 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14833 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14834 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14836 \(fn)" t nil)
14838 ;;;***
14840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21710 25077 577662 918000))
14841 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14843 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14845 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14846 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14847 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14848 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14849 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14850 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14854 ;;;***
14856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21710 25077 578662 913000))
14857 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14859 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14860 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14861 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14862 be determined.
14864 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14866 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14867 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14868 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14869 be determined.
14871 \(fn)" nil nil)
14873 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14874 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14875 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14876 be determined.
14878 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14880 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14881 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14882 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14883 be determined.
14885 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14887 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14888 Determine and return image type.
14889 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14890 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14891 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14892 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14893 use its file extension as image type.
14894 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14896 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14898 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14899 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14900 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14902 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14904 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14905 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14906 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14908 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14909 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14910 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14911 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14912 must be available.
14914 \(fn)" nil nil)
14916 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14917 Create an image.
14918 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14919 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14920 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14921 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14922 use its file extension as image type.
14923 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14924 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14925 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14926 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14928 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14930 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14931 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14932 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14934 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14936 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14937 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14938 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14939 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14940 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14941 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14942 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14943 POS may be an integer or marker.
14944 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14945 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14946 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14947 means display it in the right marginal area.
14949 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14951 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14952 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14953 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14954 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14955 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14956 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14957 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14958 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14959 means display it in the right marginal area.
14960 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14961 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14962 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14963 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14964 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14966 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14968 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14969 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14970 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14971 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14972 STRING is a single space.
14973 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14974 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14975 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14976 means display it in the right marginal area.
14977 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14979 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14981 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14982 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14983 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14984 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14986 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14988 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14989 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14991 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14993 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14994 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14995 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14996 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14997 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14998 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14999 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15000 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15001 satisfied.
15003 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15005 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15007 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15009 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15010 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15012 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15013 documentation string.
15015 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15016 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15017 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15018 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15019 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15020 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15021 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15022 define SYMBOL.
15024 Example:
15026 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15027 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15029 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15031 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15033 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15034 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15035 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15036 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15038 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15039 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15040 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15041 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15043 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15045 \(fn)" nil nil)
15047 ;;;***
15049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21710 25077
15050 ;;;;;; 578662 913000))
15051 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15052 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15054 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15055 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15056 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15057 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15058 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15059 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15063 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15064 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15066 Convenience command that:
15068 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15069 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15070 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15072 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15073 image files in dired and type
15074 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15076 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15078 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15079 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15081 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15083 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15084 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15085 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15086 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15087 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15088 another one).
15090 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15091 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15092 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15094 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15095 instead of erasing it first.
15097 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15098 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15099 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15100 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15101 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15102 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15104 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15106 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15107 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15108 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15109 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15110 displayed.
15112 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15114 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15116 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15118 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15119 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15123 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15124 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15125 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15129 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15130 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15132 \(fn)" t nil)
15134 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15135 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15136 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15137 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15139 \(fn)" t nil)
15141 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15142 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15144 \(fn)" t nil)
15146 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15147 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15149 \(fn)" t nil)
15151 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15152 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15154 \(fn)" t nil)
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15157 Display current image file.
15158 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15159 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15164 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15166 \(fn)" t nil)
15168 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15169 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15170 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15171 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15172 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15173 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15174 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15176 \(fn)" t nil)
15178 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15179 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15180 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15181 easy-to-use form.
15183 \(fn)" t nil)
15185 ;;;***
15187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21710 25077 578662
15188 ;;;;;; 913000))
15189 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15191 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15192 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15193 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15194 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15196 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15197 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15198 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15199 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15201 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15203 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15204 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15205 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15206 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15208 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15209 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15210 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15211 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15213 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15215 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15216 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15218 \(fn)" nil nil)
15220 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15221 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15222 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15223 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15225 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15227 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15228 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15229 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15232 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15234 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15236 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15237 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15242 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15243 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15244 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15248 ;;;***
15250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21781 3655 955151
15251 ;;;;;; 597000))
15252 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15254 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15255 Major mode for image files.
15256 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15257 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15259 Key bindings:
15260 \\{image-mode-map}
15262 \(fn)" t nil)
15264 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15265 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15266 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15267 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15268 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15270 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15271 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15272 actual image.
15274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15276 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15277 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15278 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15279 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15280 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15281 to display an image file as the actual image.
15283 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15284 to display an image file as text initially.
15286 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15287 on these modes.
15289 \(fn)" t nil)
15291 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15294 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15296 ;;;***
15298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21781 3655 955151 597000))
15299 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15301 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15302 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15304 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15306 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15307 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15308 in the buffer.
15310 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15312 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15313 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15314 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15316 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15318 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15319 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15320 Each element of this list should have the form
15322 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15324 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15325 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15326 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15327 matches are put).
15328 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15329 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15330 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15331 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15332 another element.
15333 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15334 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15335 the menu item.
15336 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15337 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15338 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15339 the ARGUMENTS.
15341 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15342 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15343 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15345 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15346 create a buffer index.
15348 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15349 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15350 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15351 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15352 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15354 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15356 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15357 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15359 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15360 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15361 called within a `save-excursion'.
15363 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15365 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15367 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15368 Function for finding the next index position.
15370 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15371 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15372 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15373 file.
15375 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15376 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15378 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15380 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15381 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15383 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15384 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15385 It should return the name for that index item.")
15387 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15389 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15390 Function to compare string with index item.
15392 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15393 non-nil if they match.
15395 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15396 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15397 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15398 arguments match\".")
15400 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15402 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15403 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15404 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15406 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15407 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15409 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15411 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15413 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15414 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15415 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15416 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15418 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15420 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15421 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15423 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15425 \(fn)" t nil)
15427 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15428 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15429 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15430 for more information.
15432 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15434 ;;;***
15436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21710 25077
15437 ;;;;;; 590662 860000))
15438 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15440 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15441 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15443 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15445 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15448 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15450 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15453 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15455 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15458 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15460 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15461 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15463 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15465 ;;;***
15467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21781 3656
15468 ;;;;;; 39151 928000))
15469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15471 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15472 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15473 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15474 to that buffer.
15475 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15476 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15477 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15478 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15480 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15482 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15484 ;;;***
15486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21781 3655 956151 601000))
15487 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15489 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15490 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15491 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15492 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15493 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15494 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15495 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15496 first in this list.
15498 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15499 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15500 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15501 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15502 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15504 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15505 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15506 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15508 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15509 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15511 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15512 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15514 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15515 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15516 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15517 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15518 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15519 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15520 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15521 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15522 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15523 with the top-level Info directory.
15525 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15526 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15528 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15530 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15531 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15532 in all the directories in that path.
15534 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15536 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15538 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15539 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15541 \(fn)" t nil)
15543 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15544 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15546 \(fn)" t nil)
15548 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15549 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15550 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15551 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15553 \(fn)" nil nil)
15555 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15556 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15557 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15558 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15560 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15562 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15563 Go to the Info directory node.
15565 \(fn)" t nil)
15567 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15568 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15569 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15570 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15571 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15572 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15574 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15576 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15577 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15578 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15580 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15582 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15583 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15584 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15585 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15586 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15588 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15590 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15591 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15592 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15593 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15594 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15596 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15597 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15599 Selecting other nodes:
15600 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15601 Follow a node reference you click on.
15602 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15603 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15604 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15605 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15606 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15607 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15608 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15609 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15610 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15611 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15612 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15613 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15614 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15615 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15616 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15617 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15618 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15619 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15620 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15621 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15623 Moving within a node:
15624 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15625 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15626 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15627 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15628 move up to the parent node.
15629 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15630 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15631 if there is none.
15632 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15634 Advanced commands:
15635 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15636 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15637 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15638 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15639 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15640 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15641 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15642 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15643 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15644 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15645 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15646 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15647 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15648 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15649 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15650 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15652 \(fn)" t nil)
15653 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15655 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15656 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15657 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15658 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15659 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15660 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15662 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15663 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15665 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15666 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15667 KEY is a string.
15668 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15669 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15670 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15671 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15673 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15675 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15676 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15677 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15679 \(fn)" t nil)
15681 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15682 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15683 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15685 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15687 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15688 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15689 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15690 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15692 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15694 ;;;***
15696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21781 3655 955151
15697 ;;;;;; 597000))
15698 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15700 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15701 Throw away all cached data.
15702 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15703 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15704 system.
15706 \(fn)" t nil)
15707 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15709 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15710 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15711 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15712 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15713 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15714 one found at point.
15716 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15718 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15719 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15721 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15722 Display the documentation of a file.
15723 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15724 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15725 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15726 The default file name is the one found at point.
15728 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15730 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15732 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15733 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15735 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15737 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15738 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15740 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15742 ;;;***
15744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21710 25077 579662
15745 ;;;;;; 909000))
15746 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15747 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15749 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15750 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15751 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15752 current info file is the default.
15754 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15755 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15756 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15757 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15758 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15760 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15761 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15762 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15763 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15764 mistake in the reference.
15766 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15767 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15768 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15770 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15771 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15772 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15773 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15775 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15777 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15778 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15779 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15780 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15781 checked.
15783 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15784 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15785 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15786 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15787 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15788 should be harmless.
15790 \(fn)" t nil)
15792 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15793 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15794 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15795 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15797 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15798 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15799 and can take a long time.
15801 \(fn)" t nil)
15803 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15804 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15805 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15807 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15809 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15810 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15812 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15813 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15814 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15815 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15816 all builtins).
15818 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15819 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15820 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15821 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15822 the sources handy.
15824 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15826 ;;;***
15828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21710 25077 580662
15829 ;;;;;; 905000))
15830 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15832 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15833 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15835 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15837 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15838 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15840 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15842 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15843 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15844 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15845 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15847 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15848 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15849 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15851 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15852 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15853 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15854 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15856 \(fn)" t nil)
15858 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15859 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15860 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15862 \(fn)" t nil)
15864 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15865 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15866 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15867 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15868 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15870 \(fn)" nil nil)
15872 ;;;***
15874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21710 25077
15875 ;;;;;; 488663 314000))
15876 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15877 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15879 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15880 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15881 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15883 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15885 ;;;***
15887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21710
15888 ;;;;;; 25077 581662 900000))
15889 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15891 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15892 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15894 \(fn)" t nil)
15896 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15897 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15899 \(fn)" t nil)
15901 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15904 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15906 ;;;***
15908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21781 3655 962151
15909 ;;;;;; 624000))
15910 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15911 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15913 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15914 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15915 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15916 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15917 accessed via isearchb.
15919 \(fn)" t nil)
15921 ;;;***
15923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21710
15924 ;;;;;; 25077 581662 900000))
15925 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15927 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15928 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15929 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15930 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15931 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15933 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15935 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15936 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15937 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15938 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15939 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15941 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15943 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15944 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15945 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15946 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15947 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15949 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15951 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15952 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15953 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15954 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15955 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15957 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15959 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15960 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15961 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15962 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15963 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15965 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15967 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15968 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15969 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15970 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15976 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15977 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15978 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15979 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15981 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15983 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15984 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15985 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15986 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15988 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15990 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15991 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15992 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15997 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Warn that format is read-only.
16000 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16002 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Warn that format is write-only.
16005 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16007 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16008 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16010 \(fn)" t nil)
16012 ;;;***
16014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16015 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 581662 900000))
16016 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16017 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16018 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16020 ;;;***
16022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21781 3670
16023 ;;;;;; 717209 747000))
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16026 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16028 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16029 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16030 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16031 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16032 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16034 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16036 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16038 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16039 Key map for ispell menu.")
16041 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16042 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16043 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16044 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16046 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16048 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16050 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16052 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16054 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16055 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16056 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16057 Valid forms include:
16058 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16059 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16060 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16061 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16063 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16064 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16065 First list is used raw.
16066 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16068 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16069 for skipping in latex mode.")
16071 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16072 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16073 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16074 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16075 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16076 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16077 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16079 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16080 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16081 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16082 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16084 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16085 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16086 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16087 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16088 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16090 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16091 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16093 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16094 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16096 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16097 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16099 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16100 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16102 Return values:
16103 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16104 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16105 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16106 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16107 quit spell session exited.
16109 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16111 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16112 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16113 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16115 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16117 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16118 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16120 Selections are:
16122 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16123 SPC: Accept word this time.
16124 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16125 `a': Accept word for this session.
16126 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16127 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16128 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16129 `?': Show these commands.
16130 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16131 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16132 the aborted check to be completed later.
16133 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16134 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16135 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16136 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16137 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16138 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16139 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16141 \(fn)" nil nil)
16143 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16144 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16145 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16146 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16148 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16150 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16151 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16152 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16153 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16155 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16157 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16159 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16160 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16161 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16162 amount for last line processed.
16164 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16166 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16167 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16169 \(fn)" t nil)
16171 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16172 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16174 \(fn)" t nil)
16176 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16177 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16178 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16180 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16182 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16183 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16185 \(fn)" t nil)
16187 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16188 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16189 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16190 sequence inside of a word.
16192 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16194 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16196 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16197 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16199 \(fn)" t nil)
16201 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16202 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16203 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16204 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16206 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16207 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16208 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16209 available on the net.
16211 \(fn)" t nil)
16213 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16214 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16217 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16219 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16220 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16221 spelled.
16223 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16224 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16225 SPC.
16227 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16228 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16232 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16233 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16234 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16235 Don't check included messages.
16237 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16238 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16239 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16241 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16242 in your init file:
16243 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16244 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16245 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16246 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16248 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16249 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16250 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16252 \(fn)" t nil)
16254 ;;;***
16256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21710
16257 ;;;;;; 25077 590662 860000))
16258 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16260 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16263 \(fn)" nil nil)
16265 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16266 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16267 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16268 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16269 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16270 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16271 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16272 necessary to represent OBJ.
16274 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16276 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16277 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16278 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16279 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16281 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16283 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16284 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16285 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16286 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16287 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16289 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16291 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16292 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16293 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16294 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16296 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16298 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16299 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16300 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16301 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16303 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16305 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16306 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16308 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16310 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16311 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16312 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16313 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16314 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16316 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16318 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16319 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16320 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16321 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16322 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16324 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16326 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16327 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16328 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16330 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16332 ;;;***
16334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21710 25077 586662
16335 ;;;;;; 878000))
16336 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16338 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16339 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16340 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16341 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16343 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16346 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16348 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16349 Uninstall jka-compr.
16350 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16351 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16352 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16354 \(fn)" nil nil)
16356 ;;;***
16358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21781 3656 39151 928000))
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16360 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16362 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16363 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16365 \(fn)" t nil)
16366 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16368 ;;;***
16370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21781 3655 963151 628000))
16371 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16372 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16374 ;;;***
16376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21710 25077
16377 ;;;;;; 522663 163000))
16378 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16380 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16381 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16382 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16383 decimal key must be specified.")
16385 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16387 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16388 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16389 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16390 decimal key must be specified.")
16392 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16394 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16395 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16396 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16397 decimal key must be specified.")
16399 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16401 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16402 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16403 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16404 decimal key must be specified.")
16406 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16408 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16409 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16410 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16411 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16412 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16413 keys are bound.
16415 Setup Binding
16416 -------------------------------------------------------------
16417 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16418 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16419 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16420 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16421 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16422 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16423 in the global and local keymaps.
16425 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16426 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16428 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16430 ;;;***
16432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21710
16433 ;;;;;; 25077 581662 900000))
16434 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16436 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16437 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16438 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16440 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16441 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16442 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16443 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16444 shorter.
16446 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16447 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16448 the context of text formatting.
16450 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16452 ;;;***
16454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21710 25077 581662
16455 ;;;;;; 900000))
16456 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16458 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16459 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16460 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16461 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16462 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16463 positions that contains the current selection.")
16465 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16466 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16467 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16468 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16469 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16470 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16471 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16473 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16475 ;;;***
16477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21710 25077 586662 878000))
16478 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16479 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16480 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16481 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16482 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16483 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16484 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16485 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16487 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16488 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16489 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16491 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16493 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16494 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16495 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16496 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16497 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16499 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16501 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16502 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16503 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16505 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16506 defining the macro.
16508 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16509 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16510 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16512 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16513 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16515 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16517 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16518 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16519 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16520 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16521 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16522 under that name.
16524 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16525 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16526 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16528 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16530 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16531 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16532 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16533 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16535 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16536 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16537 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16538 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16540 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16541 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16543 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16545 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16546 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16547 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16549 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16550 macro.
16552 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16553 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16555 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16556 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16557 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16559 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16560 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16564 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16565 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16566 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16567 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16569 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16571 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16572 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16573 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16574 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16576 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16577 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16579 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16581 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16582 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16583 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16585 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16587 ;;;***
16589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21710
16590 ;;;;;; 25077 590662 860000))
16591 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16593 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16594 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16595 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16597 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16600 \(fn)" nil nil)
16602 ;;;***
16604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21781 3656 15151
16605 ;;;;;; 833000))
16606 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16608 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16610 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16611 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16613 \(fn)" t nil)
16615 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16616 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16617 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16618 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16620 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16621 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16622 none / 1 | yes | no
16623 2 | yes | yes
16624 3 | no | yes
16625 4 | no | no
16627 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16628 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16629 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16631 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16633 ;;;***
16635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21710 25077
16636 ;;;;;; 590662 860000))
16637 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16639 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16642 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16644 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16645 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16646 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16647 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16648 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16649 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16651 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16652 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16654 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16656 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16657 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16659 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16661 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16664 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16666 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16669 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16671 ;;;***
16673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21710
16674 ;;;;;; 25077 582662 895000))
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16677 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16678 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16679 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16680 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16682 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16684 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16685 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16686 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16688 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16690 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16691 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16692 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16694 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16696 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16697 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16698 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16699 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16701 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16703 ;;;***
16705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16706 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 582662 895000))
16707 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16709 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16710 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16711 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16712 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16713 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16714 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16715 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16716 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16718 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16719 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16722 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16724 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16726 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16727 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16728 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16729 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16730 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16731 `latin1-display-setup'.
16733 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16735 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16736 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16737 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16738 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16741 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16743 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16745 ;;;***
16747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21710
16748 ;;;;;; 25077 696662 387000))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16751 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16752 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16754 \(fn)" t nil)
16756 ;;;***
16758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21710 25077 672662 494000))
16759 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16761 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16762 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16763 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16764 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16765 generations (this defaults to 1).
16767 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16769 ;;;***
16771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21781 3655 969151 652000))
16772 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16773 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16775 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16776 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16777 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16778 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16779 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16781 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16785 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16786 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16787 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16789 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16790 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16792 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16794 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16795 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16796 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16797 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16798 ARG is omitted or nil.
16800 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16801 `linum-on' would do it.
16802 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16806 ;;;***
16808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21710 25077 599662
16809 ;;;;;; 820000))
16810 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16812 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16813 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16814 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16815 is nil, raise an error.
16817 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16818 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16819 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16820 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16821 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16822 defined by the library.
16824 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16825 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16826 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16827 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16828 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16829 proceeds.
16831 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16832 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16833 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16834 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16836 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16838 ;;;***
16840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21710 25077 600662 815000))
16841 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16843 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16844 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16845 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16847 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16849 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16850 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16851 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16852 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16854 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16855 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16856 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16857 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16858 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16859 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16860 the version.)
16862 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16863 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16865 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16866 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16868 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16869 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16871 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16873 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16874 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16875 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16876 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16877 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16878 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16879 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16880 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16881 to constrain a big search.
16883 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16885 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16886 except that FILTER is not optional.
16888 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16890 ;;;***
16892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21710 25077 741662
16893 ;;;;;; 187000))
16894 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16896 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16897 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16898 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16899 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16900 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16901 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16902 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16903 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16904 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16905 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16907 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16908 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16909 associated values:
16910 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16911 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16912 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16913 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16914 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16916 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16917 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16918 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16920 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16922 ;;;***
16924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21710 25077 741662
16925 ;;;;;; 187000))
16926 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16928 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16929 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16931 \(fn)" t nil)
16933 ;;;***
16935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21710 25077 600662 815000))
16936 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16938 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16939 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16941 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16942 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16944 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16945 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16946 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16948 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16949 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16951 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16952 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16953 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16954 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16955 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16956 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16957 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16959 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16961 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16962 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16963 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16964 switch on this list.
16965 See `lpr-command'.")
16967 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16969 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16970 Name of program for printing a file.
16972 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16973 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16974 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16975 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16976 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16977 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16978 argument.")
16980 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16982 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16983 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16984 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16985 for customization of the printer command.
16987 \(fn)" t nil)
16989 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16990 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16992 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16993 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16994 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16995 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16997 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16998 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17000 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17001 for further customization of the printer command.
17003 \(fn)" t nil)
17005 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17006 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17007 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17008 for customization of the printer command.
17010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17012 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17013 Paginate and print the region contents.
17015 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17016 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17017 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17018 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17020 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17021 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17023 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17024 for further customization of the printer command.
17026 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17028 ;;;***
17030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21781 3655 972151 664000))
17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17033 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17034 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17035 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17037 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17039 ;;;***
17041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21781 3655 853151
17042 ;;;;;; 195000))
17043 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17045 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17046 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17047 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17048 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17052 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17054 ;;;***
17056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21781 3656
17057 ;;;;;; 40151 932000))
17058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17060 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17061 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17063 \(fn)" t nil)
17065 ;;;***
17067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21710 25077 600662 815000))
17068 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17070 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17071 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17072 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17073 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17074 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17076 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17078 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17079 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17080 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17081 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17082 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17084 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17085 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17086 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17087 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17088 bindings.
17090 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17091 use this command, and then save the file.
17093 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17095 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17096 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17097 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17098 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17099 each time the macro executes.
17100 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17101 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17102 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17103 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17104 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17105 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17106 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17108 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17110 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17111 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17112 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17113 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17115 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17116 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17117 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17118 execute.
17120 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17121 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17123 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17124 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17125 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17126 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17127 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17129 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17130 looked like this:
17132 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17133 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17134 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17136 You could enter the names in this format:
17142 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17144 \\C-x (
17145 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17146 \\C-x )
17148 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17149 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17151 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17152 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17154 ;;;***
17156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21710 25077
17157 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17160 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17161 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17162 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17163 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17164 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17165 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17167 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17168 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17169 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17170 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17171 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17173 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17174 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17175 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17176 consing a string.)
17178 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17180 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17181 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17183 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17185 ;;;***
17187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21710 25077
17188 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17191 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17192 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17194 \(fn)" nil nil)
17196 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17199 \(fn)" nil nil)
17201 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17202 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17204 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17206 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17207 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17208 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17209 message.
17211 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17213 \(fn)" nil nil)
17215 ;;;***
17217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21710 25077
17218 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17219 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17221 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17222 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17223 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17224 often correct parser.")
17226 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17228 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17229 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17230 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17231 a value which excludes your own email address.
17233 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17234 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17236 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17238 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17239 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17241 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17243 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17244 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17245 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17246 we return it unconverted.
17248 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17249 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17251 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17253 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17254 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17255 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17256 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17258 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17260 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17261 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17262 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17263 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17265 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17267 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17268 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17269 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17270 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17271 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17272 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17273 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17274 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17275 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17276 as Rmail does.
17278 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17280 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17281 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17282 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17283 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17284 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17285 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17286 matches may be returned from the message body.
17288 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17290 ;;;***
17292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21710 25077
17293 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17296 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17297 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17298 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17300 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17301 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17303 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17305 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17306 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17309 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17311 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17312 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17313 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17314 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17318 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17319 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17321 \(fn)" nil nil)
17323 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17324 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17325 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17327 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17329 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17330 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17331 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17333 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17334 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17335 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17336 double-quotes.
17338 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17340 ;;;***
17342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21710 25077
17343 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17346 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17347 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17348 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17349 king@grassland.com
17350 If `parens', they look like:
17351 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17352 If `angles', they look like:
17353 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17355 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17357 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17358 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17359 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17360 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17361 their `Resent-' variants.
17363 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17364 removed from alias expansions.
17366 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17368 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17369 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17370 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17372 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17373 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17374 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17375 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17377 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17379 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17380 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17381 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17383 \(fn)" nil nil)
17385 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17386 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17387 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17388 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17390 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17392 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17394 ;;;***
17396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21710 25077
17397 ;;;;;; 602662 806000))
17398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17400 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17401 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17402 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17403 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17405 \(fn)" nil nil)
17407 ;;;***
17409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21710
17410 ;;;;;; 25077 696662 387000))
17411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17413 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17414 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17416 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17417 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17418 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17419 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17420 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17421 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17423 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17424 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17425 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17426 dependency, despite the colon.
17428 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17430 In the browser, use the following keys:
17432 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17434 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17436 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17437 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17439 `makefile-target-colon':
17440 The string that gets appended to all target names
17441 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17442 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17444 `makefile-macro-assign':
17445 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17446 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17447 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17448 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17449 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17450 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17452 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17453 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17454 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17456 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17457 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17459 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17460 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17461 up or down in the browser.
17463 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17464 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17466 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17467 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17469 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17470 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17471 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17472 has been selected in the browser.
17474 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17475 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17476 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17477 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17478 filenames are omitted.
17480 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17481 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17482 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17483 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17484 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17485 the backslash itself intact.
17486 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17487 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17489 `makefile-browser-hook':
17490 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17491 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17493 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17494 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17495 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17496 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17498 \(fn)" t nil)
17500 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17501 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17503 \(fn)" t nil)
17505 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17506 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17508 \(fn)" t nil)
17510 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17511 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17513 \(fn)" t nil)
17515 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17516 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17518 \(fn)" t nil)
17520 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17521 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17523 \(fn)" t nil)
17525 ;;;***
17527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21710 25077 605662
17528 ;;;;;; 793000))
17529 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17531 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17532 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17533 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17535 \(fn)" t nil)
17537 ;;;***
17539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21781 3655 976151 680000))
17540 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17542 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17544 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17545 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17546 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17547 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17548 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17549 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17550 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17551 page, it will display immediately.
17553 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17554 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17555 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17557 cat(1)
17558 1 cat
17560 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17561 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17562 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17563 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17565 -a chmod
17567 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17568 otherwise look like a page name.
17570 /my/file/name.1.gz
17571 -l somefile.1
17573 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17574 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17575 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17577 -k pattern
17579 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17581 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17582 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17584 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17586 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17587 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17589 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17591 ;;;***
17593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21710 25077 606662 788000))
17594 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17595 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17597 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17598 Toggle Master mode.
17599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17600 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17601 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17603 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17604 using the following commands:
17606 \\{master-mode-map}
17608 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17609 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17610 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17614 ;;;***
17616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21710 25077 606662
17617 ;;;;;; 788000))
17618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17620 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17621 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17622 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17624 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17625 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17627 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17629 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17630 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17632 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17633 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17635 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17636 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17637 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17638 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17642 ;;;***
17644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21710 25077 606662 788000))
17645 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17646 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17648 ;;;***
17650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21781 3655 935151
17651 ;;;;;; 518000))
17652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17654 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17656 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17657 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17658 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17659 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17660 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17661 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17662 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17663 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17664 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17665 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17666 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17667 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17668 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17669 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17670 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17671 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17672 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17673 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17674 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17675 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17676 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17677 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17678 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17679 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17680 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17681 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17682 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17683 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17684 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17685 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17686 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17687 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17688 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17689 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17690 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17691 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17692 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17693 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17695 \(fn)" t nil)
17697 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17698 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17699 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17700 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17701 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17703 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17705 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17706 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17708 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17710 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17711 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17713 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17715 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17716 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17718 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17720 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17721 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17722 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17724 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17726 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17727 Cancel an article you posted.
17728 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17732 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17733 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17734 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17735 header line with the old Message-ID.
17737 \(fn)" t nil)
17739 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17740 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17742 \(fn)" t nil)
17744 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17745 Forward the current message via mail.
17746 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17747 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17749 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17751 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17754 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17756 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17759 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17761 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17762 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17764 \(fn)" t nil)
17766 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17767 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17769 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17771 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17772 Re-mail the current message.
17773 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17774 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17775 you.
17777 \(fn)" t nil)
17779 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17780 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17782 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17784 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17785 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17787 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17789 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17790 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17792 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17794 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17795 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17797 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17799 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17800 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17801 Works by overstriking characters.
17802 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17803 which specify the range to operate on.
17805 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17807 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17808 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17809 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17810 which specify the range to operate on.
17812 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17814 ;;;***
17816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21710
17817 ;;;;;; 25077 696662 387000))
17818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17819 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17821 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17822 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17824 \(fn)" t nil)
17826 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17827 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17829 \(fn)" t nil)
17831 ;;;***
17833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21710 25077
17834 ;;;;;; 602662 806000))
17835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17837 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17838 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17839 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17841 \(fn)" t nil)
17843 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17844 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17845 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17846 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17847 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17848 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17849 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17851 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17853 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17854 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17855 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17856 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17857 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17858 means current).
17859 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17860 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17862 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17864 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17865 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17866 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17867 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17868 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17869 means current).
17870 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17871 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17873 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17875 ;;;***
17877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21710 25077 610662
17878 ;;;;;; 771000))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17881 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17882 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17883 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17885 \(fn)" t nil)
17887 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17888 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17889 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17891 \(fn)" t nil)
17893 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17894 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17896 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17897 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17898 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17900 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17901 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17903 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17904 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17906 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17908 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17910 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17911 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17912 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17913 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17914 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17915 as `compose-mail'.
17917 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17918 initial Subject field, respectively.
17920 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17921 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17922 are strings.
17924 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17925 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17927 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17929 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17930 Save draft and send message.
17932 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17933 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17934 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17935 Mail Delivery*\".
17937 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17938 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17939 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17941 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17942 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17943 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17944 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17945 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17946 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17948 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17949 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17951 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17952 message and scan line.
17954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17956 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17957 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17959 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17960 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17961 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17962 delete the draft message.
17964 \(fn)" t nil)
17966 ;;;***
17968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21781 3655 978151 688000))
17969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17970 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17972 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17974 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17976 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17978 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17979 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17981 \(fn)" t nil)
17983 ;;;***
17985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21710 25077
17986 ;;;;;; 611662 766000))
17987 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17989 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17990 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17991 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17993 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17994 the MH mail system.
17996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17998 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17999 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18000 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18002 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18003 the MH mail system.
18005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18007 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18008 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18010 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18011 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18012 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18013 separate command.
18015 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18016 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18017 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18018 format.
18020 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18022 Ranges
18023 ======
18024 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18025 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18026 can be used in several ways.
18028 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18029 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18030 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18031 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18032 page):
18034 <num1>-<num2>
18035 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18036 The range must be nonempty.
18038 <num>:N
18039 <num>:+N
18040 <num>:-N
18041 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18042 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18043 last.
18045 first:N
18046 prev:N
18047 next:N
18048 last:N
18049 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18052 All of the messages.
18054 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18055 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18057 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18058 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18059 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18061 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18063 \(fn)" t nil)
18065 ;;;***
18067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21710 25077 614662
18068 ;;;;;; 753000))
18069 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18071 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18072 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18073 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18074 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18075 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18076 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18077 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18078 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18079 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18080 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18081 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18083 \(fn)" t nil)
18085 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18086 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18087 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18088 to its second argument TM.
18090 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18092 ;;;***
18094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21710 25077
18095 ;;;;;; 614662 753000))
18096 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18098 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18099 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18100 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18101 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18102 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18103 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18105 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18107 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18108 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18109 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18110 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18111 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18113 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18114 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18115 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18116 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18117 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18118 is modified to remove the default indication.
18120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18122 ;;;***
18124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21710 25077 615662 748000))
18125 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18127 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18128 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18129 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18130 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18131 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18132 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18133 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18134 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18135 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18137 \(fn)" t nil)
18139 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18140 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18141 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18142 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18143 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18144 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18145 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18146 The return value is always nil.
18148 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18150 ;;;***
18152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21781 3655 979151
18153 ;;;;;; 691000))
18154 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18155 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18157 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18158 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18160 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18161 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18162 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18163 next occurrence.
18165 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18166 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18167 end of the search space).
18169 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18170 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18171 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18172 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18173 should return the previous buffer to search.
18175 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18176 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18177 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18179 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18180 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18181 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18182 Isearch starts.")
18184 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18185 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18186 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18188 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18189 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18190 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18192 \(fn)" nil nil)
18194 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18195 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18196 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18197 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18198 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18199 whose names match the specified regexp.
18201 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18203 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18204 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18205 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18206 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18207 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18208 whose names match the specified regexp.
18210 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18212 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18213 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18214 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18215 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18216 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18217 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18218 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18220 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18222 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18223 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18224 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18225 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18226 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18227 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18228 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18230 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18232 ;;;***
18234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21710
18235 ;;;;;; 25077 697662 383000))
18236 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18237 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18239 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18240 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18242 \(fn)" t nil)
18244 ;;;***
18246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21710 25077
18247 ;;;;;; 565662 971000))
18248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18250 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18251 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18253 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18255 ;;;***
18257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21781 3655
18258 ;;;;;; 936151 522000))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18261 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18262 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18264 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18266 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18267 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18268 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18269 the entire message.
18270 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18272 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18274 ;;;***
18276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21710 25077
18277 ;;;;;; 565662 971000))
18278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18280 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18281 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18282 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18283 the entire message.
18284 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18286 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18288 ;;;***
18290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21781 3655 936151
18291 ;;;;;; 522000))
18292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18294 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18295 Insert file contents of URL.
18296 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18298 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18300 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18301 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18303 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18305 ;;;***
18307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21781 3655 936151
18308 ;;;;;; 522000))
18309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18311 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18312 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18313 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18314 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18315 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18317 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18319 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18320 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18321 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18323 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18325 ;;;***
18327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21781 3655 937151 526000))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18330 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18331 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18333 \(fn)" nil nil)
18335 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18336 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18337 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18338 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18339 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18341 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18342 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18343 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18344 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18345 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18346 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18348 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18350 ;;;***
18352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21781 3655 937151
18353 ;;;;;; 526000))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18356 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18359 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18361 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18364 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18366 ;;;***
18368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21781 3655 937151
18369 ;;;;;; 526000))
18370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18372 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18375 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18377 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18380 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18382 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18385 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18387 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18390 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18392 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18395 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18397 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18400 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18402 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18405 \(fn)" nil nil)
18407 ;;;***
18409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21710 25077
18410 ;;;;;; 488663 314000))
18411 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18413 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18415 ;;;***
18417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21676 8647
18418 ;;;;;; 135372 0))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18421 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18423 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18424 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18425 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18426 followed by the first character of the construct.
18427 \\<m2-mode-map>
18428 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18429 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18430 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18431 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18432 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18433 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18434 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18435 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18436 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18437 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18438 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18439 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18440 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18441 \\[m2-link] link
18443 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18444 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18445 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18447 \(fn)" t nil)
18449 ;;;***
18451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21781 3656 15151 833000))
18452 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18454 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18455 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18457 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18459 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18460 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18462 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18464 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18465 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18467 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18469 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18470 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18472 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18474 ;;;***
18476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21710 25077 615662
18477 ;;;;;; 748000))
18478 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18480 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18481 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18483 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18484 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18485 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18487 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18488 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18489 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18491 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18492 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18494 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18495 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18496 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18497 hemisphere you're in.)
18499 To test this function, evaluate:
18500 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18502 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18504 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18505 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18507 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18508 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18510 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18511 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18512 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18514 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18515 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18517 To test this function, evaluate:
18518 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18520 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18522 ;;;***
18524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21781 3655 980151 695000))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18527 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18528 Main entry point for MPC.
18530 \(fn)" t nil)
18532 ;;;***
18534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21710 25077 672662 494000))
18535 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18537 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18538 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18540 \(fn)" t nil)
18542 ;;;***
18544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21781 3655 980151 695000))
18545 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18547 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18548 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18549 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18552 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18554 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18556 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18557 Toggle Msb mode.
18558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18559 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18560 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18562 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18563 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18567 ;;;***
18569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21781
18570 ;;;;;; 3655 959151 613000))
18571 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18573 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18574 Display a list of all character sets.
18576 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18577 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18578 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18579 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18580 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18582 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18583 but still shows the full information.
18585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18587 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18588 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18589 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18591 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18592 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18593 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18594 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18595 meanings of these arguments.
18597 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18599 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18600 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18602 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18604 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18605 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18607 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18609 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18610 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18612 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18614 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18615 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18617 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18618 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18619 in place of `..':
18620 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18621 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18622 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18623 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18624 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18625 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18626 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18627 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18628 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18629 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18630 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18631 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18632 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18633 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18634 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18635 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18637 \(fn)" t nil)
18639 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18640 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18642 \(fn)" t nil)
18644 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18645 Display a list of all coding systems.
18646 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18648 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18649 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18653 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display a list of all coding categories.
18656 \(fn)" nil nil)
18658 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18660 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18662 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18664 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18665 Display information about FONTSET.
18666 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18668 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18670 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18671 Display a list of all fontsets.
18672 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18673 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18674 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18676 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18678 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display information about all input methods.
18681 \(fn)" t nil)
18683 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18686 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18687 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18688 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18689 system which uses fontsets).
18691 \(fn)" t nil)
18693 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18694 Show log of font listing and opening.
18695 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18696 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18698 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18700 ;;;***
18702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21781
18703 ;;;;;; 3655 959151 613000))
18704 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18706 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18707 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18709 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18710 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18712 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18713 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18715 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18717 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18718 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18719 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18720 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18721 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18722 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18723 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18725 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18726 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18727 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18728 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18729 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18730 middle of a character in STR.
18732 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18733 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18735 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18736 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18737 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18738 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18739 defaults to \"...\".
18741 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18743 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18744 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18746 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18747 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18748 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18750 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18751 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18752 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18754 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18755 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18756 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18757 are considered.
18758 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18759 longer than KEYSEQ.
18760 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18762 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18764 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18765 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18766 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18767 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18768 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18769 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18770 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18771 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18772 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18773 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18774 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18776 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18778 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18779 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18781 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18783 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18784 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18786 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18788 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18789 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18791 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18793 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18794 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18796 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18798 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18799 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18800 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18801 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18802 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18804 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18805 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18807 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18808 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18809 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18810 coding systems ordered by priority.
18812 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18814 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18816 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18817 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18818 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18819 language environment LANG-ENV.
18821 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18823 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18824 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18825 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18826 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18827 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18828 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18830 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18832 ;;;***
18834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21710 25077
18835 ;;;;;; 621662 722000))
18836 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18838 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18839 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18841 \(fn)" t nil)
18843 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18844 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18846 \(fn)" t nil)
18848 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18849 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18851 \(fn)" t nil)
18853 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18854 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18856 \(fn)" t nil)
18858 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18859 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18861 \(fn)" t nil)
18863 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18864 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18866 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18868 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18869 Ping HOST.
18870 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18871 `ping-program-options'.
18873 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18875 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18876 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18878 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18880 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18881 Run nslookup program.
18883 \(fn)" t nil)
18885 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18886 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18888 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18890 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18891 Run dig program.
18893 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18895 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18896 Run ftp program.
18898 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18900 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18901 Finger USER on HOST.
18903 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18905 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18906 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18907 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18908 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18910 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18912 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18915 \(fn)" t nil)
18917 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18918 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18920 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18922 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18923 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18925 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18927 ;;;***
18929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21710 25077 621662
18930 ;;;;;; 722000))
18931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18933 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18934 Return a user name/password pair.
18935 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18936 listed in the PORTS list.
18938 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18940 ;;;***
18942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21781
18943 ;;;;;; 3670 701209 684000))
18944 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18946 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18947 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18948 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18949 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18950 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18951 closes it.
18953 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18954 make it unique.
18955 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18956 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18957 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18958 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18959 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18960 a port number to connect to.
18962 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18963 values:
18965 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18966 nil or `network'
18967 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18968 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18969 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18970 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18971 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18972 an unencrypted connection.
18973 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18974 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18975 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18976 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18977 returned object is a killed process.
18978 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18979 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18980 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18982 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18983 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18984 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18985 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18986 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18987 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18988 or nil if none could be found.
18989 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18990 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18992 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18994 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18995 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18996 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18998 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18999 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19000 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19002 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19003 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19004 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19006 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19007 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19008 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19009 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19011 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19012 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19014 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19015 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19016 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19017 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19018 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19019 or STARTTLS connections.
19021 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19022 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19024 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19025 a greeting from the server.
19027 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19028 asynchronously, if possible.
19030 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19032 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19034 ;;;***
19036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21781
19037 ;;;;;; 3655 983151 707000))
19038 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19040 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19041 Check whether newsticker is running.
19042 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19043 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19045 \(fn)" nil nil)
19047 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19048 Start the newsticker.
19049 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19050 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19051 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19052 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19054 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19056 ;;;***
19058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19059 ;;;;;; (21781 3655 984151 711000))
19060 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19062 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19063 Start newsticker plainview.
19065 \(fn)" t nil)
19067 ;;;***
19069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21781
19070 ;;;;;; 3655 984151 711000))
19071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19073 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19074 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19076 \(fn)" t nil)
19078 ;;;***
19080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21781
19081 ;;;;;; 3655 984151 711000))
19082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19084 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19085 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19086 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19087 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19088 empty.
19090 \(fn)" nil nil)
19092 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19093 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19094 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19095 running already.
19097 \(fn)" t nil)
19099 ;;;***
19101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21781
19102 ;;;;;; 3655 984151 711000))
19103 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19105 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19106 Start newsticker treeview.
19108 \(fn)" t nil)
19110 ;;;***
19112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21781 3655
19113 ;;;;;; 984151 711000))
19114 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19115 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19117 ;;;***
19119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21710 25077 567662
19120 ;;;;;; 962000))
19121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19123 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19124 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19126 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19128 ;;;***
19130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21710 25077 567662
19131 ;;;;;; 962000))
19132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19134 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19135 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19136 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19137 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19138 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19139 symbol in the alist.
19141 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19143 ;;;***
19145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21781 3655 939151
19146 ;;;;;; 534000))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19149 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19150 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19151 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19153 \(fn)" t nil)
19155 ;;;***
19157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21710 25077 569662 953000))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19160 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19161 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19163 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19165 ;;;***
19167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21710 25077 633662 668000))
19168 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19170 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19172 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19173 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19174 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19176 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19179 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19181 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19182 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19183 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19184 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19185 to future sessions.
19187 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19189 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19190 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19191 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19192 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19193 future sessions.
19195 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19197 ;;;***
19199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21710
19200 ;;;;;; 25077 725662 258000))
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19203 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19204 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19205 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19206 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19207 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19208 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19210 \(fn)" t nil)
19212 ;;;***
19214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21781 3655 984151 711000))
19215 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19216 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19218 ;;;***
19220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21710 25077
19221 ;;;;;; 633662 668000))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19224 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19225 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19226 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19227 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19229 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19231 ;;;***
19233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21781 3655
19234 ;;;;;; 992151 743000))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19237 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19238 Major mode for editing XML.
19240 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19241 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19242 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19243 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19244 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19245 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19246 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19248 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19250 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19251 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19253 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19254 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19255 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19256 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19257 instead of C-c.
19259 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19260 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19261 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19262 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19263 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19264 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19266 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19267 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19268 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19270 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19271 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19272 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19274 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19275 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19276 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19277 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19278 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19279 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19280 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19281 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19282 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19284 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19286 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19287 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19289 \(fn)" t nil)
19290 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19292 ;;;***
19294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21710 25077
19295 ;;;;;; 634662 664000))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19298 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19299 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19300 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19301 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19303 \(fn)" t nil)
19305 ;;;***
19307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21781 3656
19308 ;;;;;; 40151 932000))
19309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19311 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19312 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19314 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19315 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19316 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19317 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19319 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19321 Key bindings:
19322 \\{octave-mode-map}
19324 \(fn)" t nil)
19326 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19327 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19328 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19330 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19332 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19333 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19335 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19336 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19337 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19341 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19343 ;;;***
19345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21781 3656
19346 ;;;;;; 40151 932000))
19347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19349 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19351 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19352 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19353 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19354 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19355 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19357 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19359 Customization:
19361 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19362 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19363 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19364 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19365 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19366 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19367 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19368 Directories to search when finding external units.
19369 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19370 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19372 Coloring:
19374 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19375 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19377 \(fn)" t nil)
19379 ;;;***
19381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21781 3656 10151 814000))
19382 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19384 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19385 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19387 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19389 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19390 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19391 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19392 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19393 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19394 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19396 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19398 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19399 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19400 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19401 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19402 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19404 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19406 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19407 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19409 \(fn)" nil nil)
19411 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19412 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19414 \(fn)" nil nil)
19416 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19417 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19418 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19420 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19421 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19422 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19423 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19424 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19425 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19426 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19427 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19428 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19429 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19431 The following commands are available:
19433 \\{org-mode-map}
19435 \(fn)" t nil)
19437 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19438 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19440 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19441 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19442 in special contexts.
19444 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19445 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19446 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19447 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19448 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19449 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19450 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19451 properties in the buffer.
19452 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19453 including any drawers.
19455 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19457 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19458 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19459 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19460 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19461 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19462 and zoom in further.
19463 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19464 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19466 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19467 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19468 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19469 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19470 times right after creating a new headline.
19472 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19473 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19474 is negative, go up that many levels.
19476 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19477 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19478 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19480 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19481 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19482 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19483 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19487 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19488 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19489 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19490 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19493 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19495 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19496 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19497 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19498 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19499 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19500 defined by Org-mode).
19502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19504 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19505 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19507 \(fn)" nil nil)
19509 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19510 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19512 \(fn)" nil nil)
19514 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19515 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19516 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19517 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19518 call CMD.
19520 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19522 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19523 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19524 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19525 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19527 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19528 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19529 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19531 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19532 part of Org's core.
19534 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19535 active region.
19537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19539 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19540 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19541 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19543 \(fn)" t nil)
19545 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19546 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19547 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19548 Org-mode syntax.
19550 \(fn)" t nil)
19552 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19553 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19555 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19557 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19558 Switch between Org buffers.
19559 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19560 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19562 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19563 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19567 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19569 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19571 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19572 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19573 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19574 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19576 \(fn)" t nil)
19578 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19579 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19581 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19583 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19584 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19585 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19587 \(fn)" t nil)
19589 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19590 Reload all org lisp files.
19591 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19593 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19595 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19596 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19598 \(fn)" t nil)
19600 ;;;***
19602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21710 25077
19603 ;;;;;; 652662 583000))
19604 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19606 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19607 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19611 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19612 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19613 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19614 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19616 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19617 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19618 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19619 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19620 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19621 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19622 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19623 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19624 e Export views to associated files.
19625 s Search entries for keywords.
19626 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19627 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19628 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19629 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19630 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19631 > Remove a previous restriction.
19632 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19633 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19634 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19636 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19637 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19638 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19640 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19641 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19642 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19643 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19644 \(if active).
19646 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19648 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19649 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19650 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19651 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19652 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19653 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19654 before running the agenda command.
19656 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19658 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19659 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19660 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19661 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19662 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19663 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19664 before running the agenda command.
19666 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19667 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19669 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19671 category The category of the item
19672 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19673 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19674 todo selected in TODO match
19675 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19676 diary imported from diary
19677 deadline a deadline on given date
19678 scheduled scheduled on given date
19679 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19680 closed entry was closed on given date
19681 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19682 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19683 block entry has date block including g. date
19684 todo The todo keyword, if any
19685 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19686 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19687 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19688 extra Sting with extra planning info
19689 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19690 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19691 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19693 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19695 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19696 Store agenda views.
19698 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19700 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19701 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19703 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19705 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19706 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19707 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19708 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19710 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19711 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19712 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19714 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19715 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19717 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19718 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19720 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19722 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19723 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19725 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19726 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19727 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19728 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19729 EDIT-AT.
19731 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19732 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19733 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19734 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19735 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19736 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19738 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19739 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19740 including newlines.
19742 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19743 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19744 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19745 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19746 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19747 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19748 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19750 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19751 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19752 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19753 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19755 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19756 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19757 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19758 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19759 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19760 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19761 Boolean search must match as full words.
19763 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19764 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19766 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19768 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19769 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19770 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19771 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19772 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19773 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19777 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19778 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19779 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19781 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19783 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19784 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19785 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19786 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19787 `org-stuck-projects'.
19789 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19791 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19792 Return diary information from org files.
19793 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19794 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19795 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19796 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19797 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19799 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19801 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19803 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19804 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19806 &%%(org-diary)
19808 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19809 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19810 So the example above may also be written as
19812 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19814 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19815 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19816 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19818 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19820 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19821 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19823 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19825 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19826 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19827 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19828 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19829 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19831 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19833 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19834 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19835 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19837 \(fn)" t nil)
19839 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19840 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19841 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19842 appointments.
19844 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19845 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19847 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19848 for filtering entries out.
19850 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19851 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19852 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19854 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19855 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19857 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19858 (category \"Work\"))
19860 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19861 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19863 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19864 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19865 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19866 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19867 details and examples.
19869 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19870 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19872 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19874 ;;;***
19876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21710 25077
19877 ;;;;;; 653662 579000))
19878 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19880 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19881 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19883 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19885 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19886 Capture something.
19887 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19888 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19889 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19890 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19891 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19892 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19894 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19895 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19896 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19897 stored.
19899 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19901 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19902 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19903 will be bypassed.
19905 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19906 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19907 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19908 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19910 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19912 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19913 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19915 \(fn)" t nil)
19917 ;;;***
19919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21710 25077
19920 ;;;;;; 654662 575000))
19921 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19923 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19924 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19926 \(fn)" t nil)
19928 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19931 \(fn)" nil nil)
19933 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19934 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19935 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19937 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19939 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19940 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19942 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19944 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19945 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19947 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19949 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19950 Write the column view table.
19951 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19953 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19954 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19955 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19956 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19957 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19958 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19959 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19960 using `org-id-find'.
19961 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19962 a hline before each level <= that number.
19963 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19964 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19965 :skip-empty-rows
19966 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19967 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19969 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19971 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19972 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19974 \(fn)" t nil)
19976 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19977 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19979 \(fn)" t nil)
19981 ;;;***
19983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21781 3656
19984 ;;;;;; 5151 794000))
19985 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19987 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19988 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19990 \(fn)" nil t)
19992 ;;;***
19994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21710 25077 657662
19995 ;;;;;; 561000))
19996 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
19998 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
19999 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20001 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20003 ;;;***
20005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21676 8646
20006 ;;;;;; 995199 0))
20007 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20009 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20010 The release version of org-mode.
20011 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20013 \(fn)" nil nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20016 The Git version of org-mode.
20017 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20019 \(fn)" nil nil)
20021 ;;;***
20023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21781 3656 12151 821000))
20024 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20025 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20026 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20028 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20029 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20030 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20031 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20033 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20034 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20035 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20036 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20038 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20039 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20040 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20041 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20042 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20043 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20045 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20046 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20047 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20049 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20050 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20051 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20052 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20053 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20054 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20055 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20056 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20057 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20058 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20059 The subheadings remain visible.
20060 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20062 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20063 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20064 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20066 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20067 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20069 \(fn)" t nil)
20071 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20072 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20073 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20074 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20075 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20077 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20080 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20082 ;;;***
20084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21781 3655
20085 ;;;;;; 897151 368000))
20086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20087 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20089 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20090 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20091 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20092 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20093 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20095 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20096 activate the package system at any time.")
20098 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20100 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20101 Install the package PKG.
20102 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20103 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20105 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20107 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20108 Install a package from the current buffer.
20109 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20110 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20111 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20113 \(fn)" t nil)
20115 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20116 Install a package from a file.
20117 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20119 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20121 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20122 Import keys from FILE.
20124 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20126 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20127 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20128 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20129 makes them available for download.
20131 \(fn)" t nil)
20133 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20134 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20135 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20136 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20138 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20140 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20141 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20143 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20145 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20146 Display a list of packages.
20147 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20148 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20149 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20151 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20153 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20155 ;;;***
20157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21781 3656 13151 825000))
20158 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20160 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20161 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20162 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20163 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20164 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20165 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20167 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20169 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20170 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20171 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20172 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20173 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20175 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20176 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20177 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20181 ;;;***
20183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21781
20184 ;;;;;; 3655 854151 199000))
20185 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20186 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20188 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20189 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20190 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20191 unknown are returned as nil.
20193 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20195 ;;;***
20197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21710 25077
20198 ;;;;;; 698662 378000))
20199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20201 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20202 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20203 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20205 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20206 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20208 Other useful functions are:
20210 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20211 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20212 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20213 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20214 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20215 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20216 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20217 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20218 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20220 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20222 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20223 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20224 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20225 Indentation for case statements.
20226 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20227 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20228 mark after an end.
20229 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20230 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20231 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20232 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20233 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20234 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20235 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20236 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20237 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20238 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20240 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20241 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20243 \(fn)" t nil)
20245 ;;;***
20247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21710
20248 ;;;;;; 25077 669662 508000))
20249 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20251 (defvar password-cache t "\
20252 Whether to cache passwords.")
20254 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20256 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20257 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20258 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20260 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20262 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20263 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20265 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20267 ;;;***
20269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21781 3655 897151
20270 ;;;;;; 368000))
20271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20273 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20274 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20275 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20277 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20278 _ matches anything.
20279 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20280 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20281 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20282 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20283 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20284 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20285 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20286 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20287 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20288 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20290 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20291 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20292 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20293 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20294 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20295 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20297 PRED can take the form
20298 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20299 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20300 which is the value being matched.
20301 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20302 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20303 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20304 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20305 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20307 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20309 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20311 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20312 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20313 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20314 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20316 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20318 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20320 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20321 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20322 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20323 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20325 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20327 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20329 ;;;***
20331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21710 25077 669662
20332 ;;;;;; 508000))
20333 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20335 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20336 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20338 \(fn)" nil nil)
20340 ;;;***
20342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21781 3656 13151
20343 ;;;;;; 825000))
20344 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20346 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20347 Completion for `gzip'.
20349 \(fn)" nil nil)
20351 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20352 Completion for `bzip2'.
20354 \(fn)" nil nil)
20356 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20357 Completion for GNU `make'.
20359 \(fn)" nil nil)
20361 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20362 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20364 \(fn)" nil nil)
20366 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20368 ;;;***
20370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21710 25077
20371 ;;;;;; 669662 508000))
20372 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20374 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20375 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20377 \(fn)" nil nil)
20379 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20380 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20382 \(fn)" nil nil)
20384 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20385 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20387 \(fn)" nil nil)
20389 ;;;***
20391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21710 25077 669662
20392 ;;;;;; 508000))
20393 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20395 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20396 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20398 \(fn)" nil nil)
20400 ;;;***
20402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21710 25077 669662
20403 ;;;;;; 508000))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20407 Completion for `cd'.
20409 \(fn)" nil nil)
20411 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20413 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20414 Completion for `rmdir'.
20416 \(fn)" nil nil)
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20419 Completion for `rm'.
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20423 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20424 Completion for `xargs'.
20426 \(fn)" nil nil)
20428 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20430 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20431 Completion for `which'.
20433 \(fn)" nil nil)
20435 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20436 Completion for the `chown' command.
20438 \(fn)" nil nil)
20440 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20441 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20443 \(fn)" nil nil)
20445 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20446 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20448 \(fn)" nil nil)
20450 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20451 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20452 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20454 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456 ;;;***
20458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21710 25077 669662
20459 ;;;;;; 508000))
20460 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20463 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20465 \(fn)" nil nil)
20467 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20468 Completion for the `ack' command.
20469 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20470 long options.
20472 \(fn)" nil nil)
20474 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20476 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20477 Completion for the `ag' command.
20479 \(fn)" nil nil)
20481 ;;;***
20483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21710 25077 669662
20484 ;;;;;; 508000))
20485 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20487 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20488 Support extensible programmable completion.
20489 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20490 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20492 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20494 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20495 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20497 \(fn)" t nil)
20499 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20500 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20501 This will modify the current buffer.
20503 \(fn)" t nil)
20505 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20506 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20508 \(fn)" t nil)
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20511 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20512 This will modify the current buffer.
20514 \(fn)" t nil)
20516 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20517 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20519 \(fn)" t nil)
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20522 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20524 \(fn)" t nil)
20526 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20527 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20528 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20529 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20530 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20532 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20534 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20535 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20539 ;;;***
20541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21710 25077 742662 182000))
20542 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20544 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20545 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20546 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20547 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20549 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20551 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20553 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20554 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20555 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20556 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20557 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20558 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20559 FLAGS is ignored.
20561 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20563 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20564 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20565 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20566 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20567 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20568 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20569 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20570 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20572 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20574 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20575 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20576 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20577 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20578 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20579 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20580 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20581 passed to cvs.
20583 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20585 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20586 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20587 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20588 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20589 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20590 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20591 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20593 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20595 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20596 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20597 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20599 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20601 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20602 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20603 A value of nil means never do it.
20604 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20605 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20606 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20608 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20610 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20611 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20612 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20614 ;;;***
20616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21710 25077
20617 ;;;;;; 742662 182000))
20618 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20620 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20621 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20623 ;;;***
20625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21781
20626 ;;;;;; 3656 40151 932000))
20627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20628 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20629 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20630 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20631 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20632 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20633 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20635 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20636 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20637 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20638 Tab indents for Perl code.
20639 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20640 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20641 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20642 \\{perl-mode-map}
20643 Variables controlling indentation style:
20644 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20645 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20646 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20647 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20648 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20649 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20650 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20651 `perl-nochange'
20652 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20653 `perl-indent-level'
20654 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20655 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20656 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20657 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20658 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20659 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20660 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20661 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20662 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20663 `perl-brace-offset'
20664 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20665 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20666 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20667 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20668 `perl-label-offset'
20669 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20670 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20671 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20673 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20674 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20675 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20676 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20677 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20678 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20679 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20681 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20683 \(fn)" t nil)
20685 ;;;***
20687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21710 25077
20688 ;;;;;; 725662 258000))
20689 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20691 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20692 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20693 \\<picture-mode-map>
20694 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20695 afterwards settable by these commands:
20697 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20698 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20699 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20700 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20702 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20703 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20704 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20705 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20707 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20708 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20709 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20710 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20712 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20713 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20714 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20715 with these commands:
20717 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20718 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20719 Move to column following last
20720 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20721 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20722 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20723 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20724 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20725 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20727 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20729 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20730 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20731 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20732 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20733 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20734 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20736 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20737 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20738 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20739 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20740 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20741 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20742 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20744 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20745 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20746 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20747 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20748 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20749 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20750 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20751 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20753 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20754 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20755 by supplying an argument.
20757 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20759 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20760 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20762 \(fn)" t nil)
20764 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20766 ;;;***
20768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21710 25077 571662
20769 ;;;;;; 944000))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20772 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20773 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20775 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20777 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20778 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20780 \(fn)" t nil)
20782 ;;;***
20784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21710 25077 725662
20785 ;;;;;; 258000))
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20788 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20789 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20790 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20792 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20794 ;;;***
20796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21710 25077 673662 490000))
20797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20799 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20800 Play pong and waste time.
20801 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20802 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20804 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20806 \\{pong-mode-map}
20808 \(fn)" t nil)
20810 ;;;***
20812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21781 3655 945151 558000))
20813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20815 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20816 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20817 Use streaming commands.
20819 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20821 ;;;***
20823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21781 3655 897151
20824 ;;;;;; 368000))
20825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20827 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20828 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20829 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20830 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20832 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20834 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20835 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20837 \(fn)" nil nil)
20839 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20840 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20841 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20842 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20843 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20845 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20847 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20848 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20849 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20851 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20853 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20854 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20856 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20858 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20859 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20860 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20861 Ignores leading comment characters.
20863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20865 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20866 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20867 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20868 Ignores leading comment characters.
20870 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20872 ;;;***
20874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21781 3656 16151
20875 ;;;;;; 837000))
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20877 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20879 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20880 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20882 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20884 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20886 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20888 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20889 Preview directory using ghostview.
20891 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20892 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20893 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20894 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20896 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20897 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20898 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20899 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20900 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20901 file name.
20903 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20905 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20907 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20908 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20910 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20911 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20912 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20913 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20915 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20916 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20917 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20918 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20919 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20920 file name.
20922 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20924 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20926 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20927 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20929 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20930 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20931 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20932 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20934 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20935 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20936 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20937 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20938 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20939 file name.
20941 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20943 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20945 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20946 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20948 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20950 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20951 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20952 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20953 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20955 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20956 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20957 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20958 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20959 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20960 file name.
20962 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20964 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20966 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20967 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20969 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20970 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20971 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20973 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20974 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20975 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20976 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20978 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20980 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20981 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20983 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20984 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20985 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20987 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20988 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20989 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20990 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20992 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20994 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20995 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20997 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20998 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20999 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21001 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21002 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21003 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21004 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21006 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21008 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21009 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21011 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21013 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21014 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21015 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21017 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21018 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21019 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21020 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21022 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21024 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21025 Preview region using ghostview.
21027 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21029 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21031 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21032 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21034 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21036 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21038 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21039 Print region using PostScript printer.
21041 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21043 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21046 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21048 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21050 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21052 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21053 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21055 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21057 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21059 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21060 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21062 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21064 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21066 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21067 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21069 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21074 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21076 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21080 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21081 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21082 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21083 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21085 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21086 matching.
21088 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21089 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21091 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21093 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21095 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21096 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21097 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21098 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21100 \(fn)" t nil)
21102 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21103 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21104 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21105 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21107 \(fn)" t nil)
21109 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21110 Print directory using text printer.
21112 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21113 matching.
21115 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21116 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21118 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21120 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21122 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21123 Print buffer using text printer.
21125 \(fn)" t nil)
21127 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21128 Print region using text printer.
21130 \(fn)" t nil)
21132 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21133 Print major mode using text printer.
21135 \(fn)" t nil)
21137 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21138 Preview spooled PostScript.
21140 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21141 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21142 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21144 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21145 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21146 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21148 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21150 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21151 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21153 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21154 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21155 instead of sending it to the printer.
21157 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21158 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21159 image in a file with that name.
21161 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21163 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21164 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21166 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21167 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21168 instead of sending it to the printer.
21170 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21171 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21172 image in a file with that name.
21174 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21177 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21179 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21180 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21181 instead of sending it to the printer.
21183 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21184 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21185 image in a file with that name.
21187 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21190 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21192 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21194 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21195 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21197 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21200 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21202 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21204 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21205 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21207 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21209 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21210 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21212 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21214 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21215 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21217 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21218 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21219 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21220 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21222 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21223 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21224 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21225 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21226 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21227 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21228 file name.
21230 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21232 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21233 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21235 \(fn)" t nil)
21237 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21238 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21240 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21241 right.
21242 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21243 bottom.
21245 \(fn)" t nil)
21247 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21248 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21250 \(fn)" t nil)
21252 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21253 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21255 \(fn)" t nil)
21257 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21258 Toggle printing with faces.
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21262 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21263 Toggle spooling.
21265 \(fn)" t nil)
21267 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21268 Toggle duplex.
21270 \(fn)" t nil)
21272 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21273 Toggle tumble.
21275 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21276 right.
21277 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21278 bottom.
21280 \(fn)" t nil)
21282 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21283 Toggle landscape.
21285 \(fn)" t nil)
21287 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21288 Toggle upside-down.
21290 \(fn)" t nil)
21292 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21293 Toggle line number.
21295 \(fn)" t nil)
21297 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21298 Toggle zebra stripes.
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21302 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21303 Toggle printing header.
21305 \(fn)" t nil)
21307 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21308 Toggle printing header frame.
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21313 Toggle menu lock.
21315 \(fn)" t nil)
21317 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21318 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21320 \(fn)" t nil)
21322 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21323 Toggle auto mode.
21325 \(fn)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21328 Customization of the `printing' group.
21330 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21332 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21333 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21335 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21337 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21338 Help for the printing package.
21340 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21342 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21343 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21345 \(fn)" t nil)
21347 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21348 Interactively select a text printer.
21350 \(fn)" t nil)
21352 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21353 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21357 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21358 Show current ps-print settings.
21360 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21362 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21363 Show current printing settings.
21365 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21367 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21368 Show current lpr settings.
21370 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21372 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21373 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21375 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21376 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21377 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21378 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21381 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21383 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21384 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21385 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21387 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21388 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21389 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21390 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21391 current active printer.
21393 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21394 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21395 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21396 printer.
21398 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21399 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21400 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21401 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21402 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21405 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21406 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21408 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21410 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21411 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21412 be done using the new current active printer.
21414 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21415 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21416 printer.
21418 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21419 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21420 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21421 instead of sending it to the printer.
21423 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21424 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21425 printer.
21427 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21430 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21431 are both set to t.
21433 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21435 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21436 Fast fire function for text printing.
21438 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21439 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21440 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21441 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21443 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21444 user for a new active text printer.
21446 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21448 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21450 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21451 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21452 printer.
21454 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21456 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21457 are both set to t.
21459 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21461 ;;;***
21463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21781 3656 17151 841000))
21464 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21466 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21467 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21468 \\<proced-mode-map>
21469 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21470 the process information.
21472 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21474 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21475 Proced buffers.
21477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21479 ;;;***
21481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21710 25077 674662
21482 ;;;;;; 485000))
21483 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21485 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21486 Start/restart profilers.
21487 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21488 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21489 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21491 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21493 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21494 Open profile FILENAME.
21496 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21498 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21499 Open profile FILENAME.
21501 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21503 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21504 Open profile FILENAME.
21506 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21508 ;;;***
21510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21781 3656
21511 ;;;;;; 41151 936000))
21512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21514 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21515 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21517 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21518 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21520 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21522 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21523 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21525 Commands:
21526 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21528 \(fn)" t nil)
21530 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21531 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21532 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21534 \(fn)" t nil)
21536 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21537 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21538 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21540 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21542 ;;;***
21544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21710 25077 708662 334000))
21545 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21547 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21548 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21549 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21551 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21553 ;;;***
21555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21781 3656
21556 ;;;;;; 41151 936000))
21557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21558 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21560 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21561 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21563 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21565 The following variables hold user options, and can
21566 be set through the `customize' command:
21568 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21569 `ps-mode-tab'
21570 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21571 `ps-mode-print-function'
21572 `ps-run-prompt'
21573 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21574 `ps-run-x'
21575 `ps-run-dumb'
21576 `ps-run-init'
21577 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21578 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21580 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21583 \\{ps-mode-map}
21586 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21587 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21588 The keymap for this second window is:
21590 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21593 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21594 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21595 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21596 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21597 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21599 \(fn)" t nil)
21601 ;;;***
21603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21781 3656 55151
21604 ;;;;;; 991000))
21605 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21606 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21608 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21609 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21610 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21612 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21614 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21615 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21616 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21617 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21619 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21621 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21622 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21624 Valid values are:
21626 nil Do not print colors.
21628 t Print colors.
21630 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21631 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21633 Any other value is treated as t.")
21635 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21637 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21638 Customization of ps-print group.
21640 \(fn)" t nil)
21642 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21643 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21645 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21646 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21647 sending it to the printer.
21649 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21650 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21651 image in a file with that name.
21653 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21655 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21656 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21657 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21658 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21659 so it has a way to determine color values.
21661 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21663 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21664 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21665 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21667 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21669 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21670 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21671 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21672 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21673 so it has a way to determine color values.
21675 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21678 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21679 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21680 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21682 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21684 \(fn)" t nil)
21686 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21687 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21688 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21689 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21690 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21692 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21694 \(fn)" t nil)
21696 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21697 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21698 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21700 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21702 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21705 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21706 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21707 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21708 so it has a way to determine color values.
21710 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21712 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21715 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21717 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21718 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21719 instead of sending it to the printer.
21721 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21722 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21723 image in a file with that name.
21725 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21727 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21728 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21729 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21730 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21731 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21733 \(fn)" t nil)
21735 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21736 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21737 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21739 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21741 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21742 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21743 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21745 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21747 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21748 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21750 \(fn)" nil nil)
21752 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21753 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21755 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21756 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21758 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21759 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21761 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21763 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21765 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21767 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21768 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21770 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21771 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21773 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21774 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21776 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21778 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21780 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21782 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21783 foreground and background colors respectively.
21785 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21786 bold - use bold font.
21787 italic - use italic font.
21788 underline - put a line under text.
21789 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21790 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21791 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21792 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21793 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21795 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21797 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21799 ;;;***
21801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21781 3655 863151
21802 ;;;;;; 235000))
21803 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21804 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21806 ;;;***
21808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21781 3670
21809 ;;;;;; 712209 727000))
21810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21811 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21813 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21815 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21817 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21818 Run an inferior Python process.
21819 Input and output via buffer named after
21820 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21821 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21823 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21824 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21825 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21826 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21828 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21829 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21830 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21832 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21834 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21835 Major mode for editing Python files.
21837 \\{python-mode-map}
21839 \(fn)" t nil)
21841 ;;;***
21843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21710 25077 571662 944000))
21844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21846 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21847 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21848 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21849 coding-system.
21851 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21852 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21854 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21855 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21856 them into characters should be done separately.
21858 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21860 ;;;***
21862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21781 3655
21863 ;;;;;; 962151 624000))
21864 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21866 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21867 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21869 \(fn)" nil nil)
21871 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21872 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21873 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21875 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21876 `quail-activate', which see.
21878 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21880 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21881 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21882 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21883 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21884 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21885 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21886 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21888 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21889 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21890 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21891 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21892 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21893 shown.
21894 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21896 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21897 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21898 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21899 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21900 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21901 list of candidates.
21903 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21904 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21905 command to be called.
21907 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21908 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21909 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21910 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21912 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21913 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21914 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21915 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21916 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21917 to t.
21919 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21920 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21921 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21922 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21924 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21925 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21926 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21927 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21928 defines no translations for single character keys.
21930 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21931 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21932 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21933 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21934 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21935 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21937 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21938 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21939 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21940 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21941 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21942 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21944 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21945 covers Quail translation region.
21947 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21948 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21949 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21950 for it) is inserted.
21952 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21953 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21954 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21956 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21957 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21958 non-Quail commands.
21960 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21962 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21963 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21965 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21966 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21967 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21968 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21969 you type is correctly handled.
21971 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21973 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21974 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21976 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21977 keyboard type.
21979 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21981 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21982 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21983 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21984 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21985 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21986 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21987 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21988 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21989 for the translation.
21990 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21992 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21993 it is used to handle KEY.
21995 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21996 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21997 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21998 the following annotation types are supported.
22000 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22001 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22003 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22004 candidate list.
22006 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22007 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22008 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22009 inserted.
22011 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22012 generated for the following translations.
22014 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22016 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22017 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22019 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22020 which to install MAP.
22022 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22024 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22026 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22027 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22029 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22030 which to install MAP.
22032 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22034 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22036 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22037 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22038 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22039 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22040 a function, or a cons.
22041 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22042 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22043 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22044 for the translation.
22045 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22046 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22047 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22048 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22049 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22051 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22052 it is used to handle KEY.
22054 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22055 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22056 current Quail package.
22058 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22059 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22061 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22063 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22064 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22066 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22067 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22069 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22071 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22072 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22074 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22076 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22077 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22078 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22079 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22080 of the Emacs source tree.
22082 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22083 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22085 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22086 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22087 of each directory.
22089 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22091 ;;;***
22093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21781
22094 ;;;;;; 3655 969151 652000))
22095 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22097 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22098 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22099 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22100 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22102 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22104 ;;;***
22106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22107 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 599662 820000))
22108 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22110 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22111 Activate UCS input method.
22112 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22114 While this input method is active, the variable
22115 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22117 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22119 ;;;***
22121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21710 25077 624662
22122 ;;;;;; 708000))
22123 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22125 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22126 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22127 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22128 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22130 To make use of this do something like:
22132 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22134 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22136 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22137 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22139 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22140 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22141 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22143 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22145 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22146 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22148 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22150 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22151 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22153 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22154 is decided.
22156 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22158 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22159 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22161 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22162 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22163 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22165 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22167 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22168 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22170 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22172 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22173 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22175 \(fn)" t nil)
22177 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22178 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22180 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22182 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22184 \(fn)" t nil)
22186 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22187 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22189 \(fn)" t nil)
22191 ;;;***
22193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21781 3655 985151 715000))
22194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22196 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22197 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22199 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22201 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22203 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22205 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22207 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22210 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22212 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22213 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22214 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22217 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22219 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22221 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22222 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22224 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22225 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22229 ;;;***
22231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21710
22232 ;;;;;; 25077 519663 176000))
22233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22235 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22237 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22238 Construct a regexp interactively.
22239 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22240 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22241 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22243 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22244 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22246 \(fn)" t nil)
22248 ;;;***
22250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21710 25077 710662
22251 ;;;;;; 325000))
22252 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22254 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22255 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22256 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22257 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22258 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22259 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22261 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22263 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22264 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22265 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22266 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22267 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22269 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22270 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22271 were operated on recently.
22273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22275 ;;;***
22277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21781 3656 56151 995000))
22278 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22280 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22281 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22282 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22283 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22284 ends.
22286 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22287 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22288 to be deleted.
22290 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22292 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22293 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22294 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22296 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22297 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22298 deleted.
22300 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22302 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22303 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22304 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22306 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22308 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22309 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22311 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22312 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22314 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22315 deleted.
22317 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22318 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22319 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22320 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22321 even beep.)
22323 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22325 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22326 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22328 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22330 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22331 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22333 \(fn)" t nil)
22335 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22336 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22337 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22338 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22339 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22340 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22341 and point is at the lower right corner.
22343 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22345 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22346 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22348 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22349 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22351 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22352 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22353 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22355 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22357 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22359 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22360 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22361 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22362 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22363 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22365 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22366 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22368 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22370 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22371 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22372 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22374 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22376 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22378 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22380 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22381 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22383 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22384 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22385 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22387 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22389 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22390 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22391 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22393 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22394 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22395 rectangle which were empty.
22397 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22399 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22400 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22402 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22403 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22404 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22405 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22407 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22409 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22410 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22411 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22415 ;;;***
22417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21710 25077
22418 ;;;;;; 726662 254000))
22419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22421 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22422 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22423 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22424 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22425 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22427 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22428 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22429 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22430 auto-filling.
22432 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22436 ;;;***
22438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21781 3656
22439 ;;;;;; 75152 70000))
22440 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22442 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22443 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22445 \(fn)" nil nil)
22447 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22448 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22450 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22451 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22453 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22454 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22455 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22456 \\ref macro.
22458 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22459 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22460 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22462 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22463 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22464 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22466 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22467 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22469 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22470 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22472 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22473 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22474 on the menu bar.
22476 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22480 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22481 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22482 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22484 \(fn)" nil nil)
22486 ;;;***
22488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21781
22489 ;;;;;; 3656 72152 58000))
22490 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22492 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22493 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22494 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22495 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22496 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22497 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22499 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22501 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22503 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22504 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22505 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22506 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22507 `reftex-cite-format'.
22509 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22510 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22511 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22512 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22514 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22516 ;;;***
22518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22519 ;;;;;; (21781 3656 72152 58000))
22520 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22522 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22523 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22524 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22525 the current TeX document.
22527 With no argument, this command toggles
22528 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22529 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22533 ;;;***
22535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22536 ;;;;;; (21781 3656 72152 58000))
22537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22539 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22540 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22541 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22543 To insert new phrases, use
22544 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22545 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22547 To index phrases use one of:
22549 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22550 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22551 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22552 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22553 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22555 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22556 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22558 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22560 Here are all local bindings.
22562 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22564 \(fn)" t nil)
22566 ;;;***
22568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22569 ;;;;;; (21781 3656 73152 62000))
22570 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22572 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22573 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22574 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22575 of master file.
22577 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22579 ;;;***
22581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21781
22582 ;;;;;; 3656 74152 66000))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22584 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22585 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22586 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22587 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22589 ;;;***
22591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21781
22592 ;;;;;; 3655 898151 372000))
22593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22595 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22596 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22597 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22598 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22599 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22600 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22602 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22603 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22605 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22606 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22607 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22608 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22610 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22612 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22613 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22614 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22615 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22617 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22619 ;;;***
22621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21710 25077 519663
22622 ;;;;;; 176000))
22623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22624 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22626 ;;;***
22628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21781 3656
22629 ;;;;;; 75152 70000))
22630 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22631 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22633 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22634 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22635 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22636 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22638 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22640 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22642 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22643 Call `remember' in another frame.
22645 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22647 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22648 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22649 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22651 \(fn)" t nil)
22653 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22654 Extract diary entries from the region.
22656 \(fn)" nil nil)
22658 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22659 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22660 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22661 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22663 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22665 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22666 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22667 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22668 minor mode.
22670 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22672 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22673 Return the buffer.
22675 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22676 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22677 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22679 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22681 ;;;***
22683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21710 25077 710662 325000))
22684 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22685 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22687 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22688 Repeat most recently executed command.
22689 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22690 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22691 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22693 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22694 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22695 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22696 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22698 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22699 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22700 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22702 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22704 ;;;***
22706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21710 25077
22707 ;;;;;; 602662 806000))
22708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22710 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22711 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22713 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22714 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22715 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22716 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22717 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22718 and point is left after the salutation.
22720 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22721 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22722 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22723 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22724 left after that text.
22726 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22727 is non-nil.
22729 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22730 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22731 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22732 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22734 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22736 ;;;***
22738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21710 25077 711662
22739 ;;;;;; 320000))
22740 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22742 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22743 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22744 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22745 visibility of comments that precede it.
22746 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22747 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22748 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22749 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22750 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22751 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22752 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22753 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22754 the comment lines.
22755 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22756 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22757 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22758 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22759 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22763 ;;;***
22765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21781 3656 56151 995000))
22766 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22768 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22769 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22771 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22772 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22774 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22775 reveals invisible text around point.
22777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22779 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22780 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22781 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22784 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22786 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22788 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22789 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22790 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22792 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22793 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22794 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22798 ;;;***
22800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21710 25077 519663
22801 ;;;;;; 176000))
22802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22804 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22805 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22807 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22809 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22810 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22812 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22814 ;;;***
22816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21710 25077 625662
22817 ;;;;;; 704000))
22818 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22820 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22821 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22822 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22823 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22825 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22827 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22828 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22829 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22830 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22832 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22833 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22835 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22836 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22838 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22839 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22840 INPUT-ARGS.
22842 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22843 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22844 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22845 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22846 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22848 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22849 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22850 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22851 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22853 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22854 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22855 variable.
22857 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22859 ;;;***
22861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21781 3655 974151
22862 ;;;;;; 672000))
22863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22865 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22866 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22868 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22870 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22872 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22873 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22874 Its name should end with a slash.")
22876 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22877 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22879 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22880 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22881 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22883 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22885 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22886 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22887 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22888 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22889 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22890 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22891 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22893 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22894 sent by you under different user names.
22895 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22897 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22899 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22901 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22903 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22904 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22905 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22906 explicitly.")
22908 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22910 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22911 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22912 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22913 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22914 which normally happens once for each message,
22915 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22916 To make a change in this variable take effect
22917 for a message that you have already viewed,
22918 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22920 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22922 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22923 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22924 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22925 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22927 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22929 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22930 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22932 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22934 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22935 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22936 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22938 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22940 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22941 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22942 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22943 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22944 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22945 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22947 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22949 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22950 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22952 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22954 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22955 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22957 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22959 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22960 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22962 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22963 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22965 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22967 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22968 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22970 This is set to nil by default.")
22972 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22973 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22974 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22975 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22976 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22977 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22978 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22980 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22981 Read and edit incoming mail.
22982 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22983 file in RMAIL Mode.
22984 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22986 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22987 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22988 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22989 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22991 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22993 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22995 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22996 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22997 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22998 Instead, these commands are available:
23000 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23001 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23002 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23003 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23004 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23005 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23006 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23007 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23008 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23009 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23010 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23011 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23012 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23013 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23014 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23015 till a deleted message is found.
23016 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23017 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23018 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23019 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23020 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23021 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23022 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23023 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23024 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23025 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23026 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23027 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23028 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23029 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23030 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23031 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23032 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23033 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23034 (label defaults to last one specified).
23035 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23036 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23037 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23038 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23039 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23040 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23041 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23042 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23043 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23045 \(fn)" t nil)
23047 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23048 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23050 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23052 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23053 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23055 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23057 ;;;***
23059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21710 25077
23060 ;;;;;; 604662 798000))
23061 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23062 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23064 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23065 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23066 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23067 case it writes Babyl.
23069 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23070 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23071 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23072 `rmail-default-file'.
23074 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23075 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23076 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23078 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23079 the header display is currently pruned.
23081 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23082 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23083 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23084 messages after output.
23086 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23087 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23088 message (if writing a file directly).
23090 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23091 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23093 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23095 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23096 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23097 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23098 i) the header is output as currently seen
23099 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23100 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23102 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23103 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23104 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23106 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23108 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23109 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23110 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23111 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23112 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23113 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23114 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23116 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23117 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23118 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23120 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23122 ;;;***
23124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21710 25077
23125 ;;;;;; 634662 664000))
23126 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23128 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23129 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23130 Return a pattern.
23132 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23134 ;;;***
23136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21710 25077
23137 ;;;;;; 635662 659000))
23138 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23140 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23141 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23142 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23143 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23145 \(fn)" t nil)
23147 ;;;***
23149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21710 25077
23150 ;;;;;; 635662 659000))
23151 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23153 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23154 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23156 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23157 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23158 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23159 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23160 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23161 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23162 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23163 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23164 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23165 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23167 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23168 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23169 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23170 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23171 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23172 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23173 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23174 to use for finding the schema.
23176 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23178 ;;;***
23180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21710 25077 636662
23181 ;;;;;; 655000))
23182 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23184 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23186 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23187 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23188 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23189 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23190 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23191 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23192 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23193 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23194 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23195 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23196 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23197 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23198 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23199 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23200 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23201 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23202 must be equal.
23204 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23206 ;;;***
23208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21676 8646
23209 ;;;;;; 589839 0))
23210 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23212 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23213 Define a robin package.
23215 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23216 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23217 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23218 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23220 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23221 one replaces the old one.
23223 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23225 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23226 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23228 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23229 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23230 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23232 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23234 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23235 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23237 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23239 ;;;***
23241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21710 25077 711662 320000))
23242 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23244 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23245 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23247 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23249 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23250 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23252 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23254 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23255 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23257 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23259 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23260 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23261 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23263 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23264 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23265 in ROT13.
23267 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23269 \(fn)" t nil)
23271 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23272 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23274 \(fn)" t nil)
23276 ;;;***
23278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21781 3656 75152
23279 ;;;;;; 70000))
23280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23281 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23283 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23284 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23285 \\<rst-mode-map>
23287 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23288 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23289 highlighting.
23291 \\{rst-mode-map}
23293 \(fn)" t nil)
23295 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23296 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23297 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23298 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23299 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23301 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23302 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23303 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23307 ;;;***
23309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21781
23310 ;;;;;; 4629 998468 633000))
23311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23312 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23314 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23315 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23317 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23319 \(fn)" t nil)
23321 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23323 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23325 ;;;***
23327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21781 3656 57151
23328 ;;;;;; 999000))
23329 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23330 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23332 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23333 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23334 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23336 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23337 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23339 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23340 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23344 ;;;***
23346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21710 25077 519663
23347 ;;;;;; 176000))
23348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23350 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23351 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23352 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23353 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23355 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23357 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23358 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23359 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23361 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23362 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23363 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23365 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23366 notation.
23368 STRING
23369 matches string STRING literally.
23371 CHAR
23372 matches character CHAR literally.
23374 `not-newline', `nonl'
23375 matches any character except a newline.
23377 `anything'
23378 matches any character
23380 `(any SET ...)'
23381 `(in SET ...)'
23382 `(char SET ...)'
23383 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23384 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23385 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23387 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23388 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23389 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23390 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23392 `(not (any SET ...))'
23393 matches any character not in SET ...
23395 `line-start', `bol'
23396 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23397 in the text being matched
23399 `line-end', `eol'
23400 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23402 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23403 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23404 string being matched against.
23406 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23407 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23408 string being matched against.
23410 `buffer-start'
23411 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23412 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23414 `buffer-end'
23415 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23416 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23418 `point'
23419 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23421 `word-start', `bow'
23422 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23424 `word-end', `eow'
23425 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23427 `word-boundary'
23428 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23429 word.
23431 `(not word-boundary)'
23432 `not-word-boundary'
23433 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23434 word.
23436 `symbol-start'
23437 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23439 `symbol-end'
23440 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23442 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23443 matches 0 through 9.
23445 `control', `cntrl'
23446 matches ASCII control characters.
23448 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23449 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23451 `blank'
23452 matches space and tab only.
23454 `graphic', `graph'
23455 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23456 space, and DEL.
23458 `printing', `print'
23459 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23460 and DEL.
23462 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23463 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23464 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23466 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23467 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23468 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23470 `ascii'
23471 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23473 `nonascii'
23474 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23476 `lower', `lower-case'
23477 matches anything lower-case.
23479 `upper', `upper-case'
23480 matches anything upper-case.
23482 `punctuation', `punct'
23483 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23484 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23486 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23487 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23489 `word', `wordchar'
23490 matches anything that has word syntax.
23492 `not-wordchar'
23493 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23495 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23496 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23497 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23498 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23500 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23501 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23502 `word' (\\sw)
23503 `symbol' (\\s_)
23504 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23505 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23506 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23507 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23508 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23509 `escape' (\\s\\)
23510 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23511 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23512 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23513 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23514 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23516 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23517 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23519 `(category CATEGORY)'
23520 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23521 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23523 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23524 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23525 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23526 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23527 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23528 `symbol' (\\c5)
23529 `digit' (\\c6)
23530 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23531 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23532 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23533 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23534 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23535 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23536 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23537 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23538 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23539 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23540 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23541 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23542 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23543 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23544 `ascii' (\\ca)
23545 `arabic' (\\cb)
23546 `chinese' (\\cc)
23547 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23548 `greek' (\\cg)
23549 `korean' (\\ch)
23550 `indian' (\\ci)
23551 `japanese' (\\cj)
23552 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23553 `latin' (\\cl)
23554 `lao' (\\co)
23555 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23556 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23557 `thai' (\\ct)
23558 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23559 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23560 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23561 `can-break' (\\c|)
23563 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23564 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23566 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23567 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23568 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23569 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23570 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23572 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23573 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23574 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23575 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23577 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23578 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23579 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23580 group number N.
23582 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23583 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23584 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23585 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23586 regular expression.
23588 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23589 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23590 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23591 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23592 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23594 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23595 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23597 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23598 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23600 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23601 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23602 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23604 `(* SEXP ...)'
23605 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23606 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23608 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23609 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23610 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23612 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23613 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23614 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23616 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23617 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23619 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23620 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23622 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23623 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23624 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23625 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23627 `(? SEXP ...)'
23628 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23630 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23631 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23633 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23634 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23635 matches N occurrences.
23637 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23638 matches N or more occurrences.
23640 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23641 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23642 matches N to M occurrences.
23644 `(backref N)'
23645 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23647 `(eval FORM)'
23648 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23649 `regexp-quote' it.
23651 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23652 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23654 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23656 ;;;***
23658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21710 25077
23659 ;;;;;; 625662 704000))
23660 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23661 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23663 ;;;***
23665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21781 3656 57151
23666 ;;;;;; 999000))
23667 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23668 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23670 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23671 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23672 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23674 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23675 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23677 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23679 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23680 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23682 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23683 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23685 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23686 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23687 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23688 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23690 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23691 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23692 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23696 ;;;***
23698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21781 3656
23699 ;;;;;; 44151 948000))
23700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23702 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23703 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23704 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23706 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23707 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23708 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23709 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23710 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23711 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23712 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23713 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23715 Commands:
23716 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23717 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23718 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23720 \(fn)" t nil)
23722 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23723 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23724 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23726 Commands:
23727 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23728 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23729 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23730 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23731 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23732 that variable's value is a string.
23734 \(fn)" t nil)
23736 ;;;***
23738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21710 25077
23739 ;;;;;; 572662 940000))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23742 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23743 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23744 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23746 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23748 \(fn)" t nil)
23750 ;;;***
23752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21781 3656 57151
23753 ;;;;;; 999000))
23754 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23756 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23757 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23758 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23761 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23763 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23765 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23766 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23767 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23768 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23769 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23771 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23772 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23776 ;;;***
23778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21710 25077
23779 ;;;;;; 711662 320000))
23780 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23782 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23783 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23785 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23786 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23787 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23788 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23789 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23793 ;;;***
23795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21710 25077 625662
23796 ;;;;;; 704000))
23797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23798 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23799 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23801 ;;;***
23803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21781 3655
23804 ;;;;;; 863151 235000))
23805 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23806 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23808 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23809 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23810 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23812 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23813 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23814 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23815 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23816 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23817 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23818 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23819 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23820 keybinding for tag names.
23821 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23822 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23823 of the symbol under point.
23824 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23825 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23826 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23827 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23828 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23829 syntax tokens.
23830 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23832 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23834 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23835 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23836 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23838 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23839 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23841 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23843 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23844 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23845 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23846 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23847 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23849 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23850 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23851 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23852 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23853 Semantic mode.
23855 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23859 ;;;***
23861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23862 ;;;;;; (21781 3655 864151 238000))
23863 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23865 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23866 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23868 \(fn)" t nil)
23870 ;;;***
23872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23873 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 497663 275000))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23876 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23877 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23879 \(fn)" t nil)
23881 ;;;***
23883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21710 25077
23884 ;;;;;; 604662 798000))
23885 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23887 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23888 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23890 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23891 king@grassland.com
23892 If `parens', they look like:
23893 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23894 If `angles', they look like:
23895 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23897 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23898 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23900 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23902 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23903 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23904 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23905 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23907 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23908 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23909 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23910 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23912 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23914 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23915 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23916 This is done when the message is initialized,
23917 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23919 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23921 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23922 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23923 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23925 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23927 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23928 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23929 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23930 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23931 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23932 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23933 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23935 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23937 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23938 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23940 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23942 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23943 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23944 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23945 be a Babyl file.")
23947 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23949 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23950 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23951 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23952 when you first send mail.")
23954 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23956 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23957 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23958 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23959 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23960 This file need not actually exist.")
23962 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23964 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23965 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23967 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23969 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23970 Alist of mail address aliases,
23971 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23972 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23973 can specify a different file name.)
23974 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23975 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23977 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23978 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23979 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23981 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23983 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23984 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23985 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23987 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23989 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23990 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23991 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23992 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23993 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23994 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23995 in the cited portion of the message.
23997 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23998 instead of no action.")
24000 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24002 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24003 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24004 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24005 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24006 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24008 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24010 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24011 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24012 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24013 If a string, that string is inserted.
24014 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24015 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24016 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24017 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24019 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24021 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24022 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24024 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24026 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24027 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24028 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24030 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24031 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24033 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24035 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24036 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24037 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24038 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24040 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24042 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24043 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24044 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24046 \(fn)" nil nil)
24048 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24050 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24053 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24055 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24056 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24057 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24059 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24060 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24062 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24063 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24064 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24065 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24066 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24067 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24068 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24069 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24070 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24071 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24072 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24073 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24074 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24075 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24077 \(fn)" t nil)
24079 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24080 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24081 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24082 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24084 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24086 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24087 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24088 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24089 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24090 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24091 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24093 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24094 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24095 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24097 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24098 User should not set this variable manually,
24099 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24100 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24101 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24103 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24104 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24105 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24106 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24108 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24109 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24111 \\<mail-mode-map>
24112 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24114 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24115 to move to message header fields:
24116 \\{mail-mode-map}
24118 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24119 when the message is initialized.
24121 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24122 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24124 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24125 is inserted.
24127 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24128 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24130 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24131 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24132 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24133 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24134 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24135 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24136 buffer without erasing the contents.
24138 The second through fifth arguments,
24139 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24140 the initial contents of those header fields.
24141 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24142 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24143 original message being replied to, or else an action
24144 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24145 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24146 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24147 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24148 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24149 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24151 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24153 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24154 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24156 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24158 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24159 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24161 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24163 ;;;***
24165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21781 3656 57151 999000))
24166 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24168 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24170 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24172 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24174 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24175 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24176 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24177 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24178 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24179 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24181 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24182 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24184 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24185 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24186 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24188 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24189 \\[server-start].
24191 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24193 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24194 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24195 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24196 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24198 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24200 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24201 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24202 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24205 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24207 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24209 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24210 Toggle Server mode.
24211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24212 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24213 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24215 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24216 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24217 `server-start' for details.
24219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24221 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24222 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24223 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24225 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24226 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24228 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24230 ;;;***
24232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21781 3656 58152 3000))
24233 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24235 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24236 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24238 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24239 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24240 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24241 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24242 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24244 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24245 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24246 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24247 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24248 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24249 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24251 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24252 displayed.
24254 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24255 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24256 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24258 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24259 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24261 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24262 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24264 \\{ses-mode-map}
24265 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24266 part):
24267 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24268 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24269 formula:
24270 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24272 \(fn)" t nil)
24274 ;;;***
24276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21781
24277 ;;;;;; 3656 76152 74000))
24278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24280 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24281 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24282 Makes > match <.
24283 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24284 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24286 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24287 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24288 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24290 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24291 in your init file.
24293 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24295 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24296 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24297 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24299 \(fn)" t nil)
24301 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24302 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24303 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24304 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24305 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24306 which this is based.
24308 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24310 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24311 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24312 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24313 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24315 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24316 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24317 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24319 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24320 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24321 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24322 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24324 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24325 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24326 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24327 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24329 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24331 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24332 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24333 To work around that, do:
24334 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24336 \\{html-mode-map}
24338 \(fn)" t nil)
24340 ;;;***
24342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21781
24343 ;;;;;; 3656 45151 951000))
24344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24345 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24346 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24348 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24349 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24350 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24351 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24352 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24353 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24355 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24356 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24357 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24358 shell-specific features.
24360 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24361 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24362 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24363 \\<sh-mode-map>
24364 \\[sh-case] case statement
24365 \\[sh-for] for loop
24366 \\[sh-function] function definition
24367 \\[sh-if] if statement
24368 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24369 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24370 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24371 \\[sh-select] select loop
24372 \\[sh-until] until loop
24373 \\[sh-while] while loop
24375 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24376 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24377 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24378 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24379 would indent to the way it currently is.
24380 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24381 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24384 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24385 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24386 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24387 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24388 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24390 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24391 unquoted < insert a here document.
24393 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24394 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24395 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24397 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24398 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24400 \(fn)" t nil)
24402 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24404 ;;;***
24406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21710 25077
24407 ;;;;;; 519663 176000))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24410 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24411 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24413 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24414 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24415 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24417 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24418 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24419 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24420 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24421 the earlier.
24423 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24425 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24427 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24428 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24429 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24431 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24432 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24434 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24435 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24436 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24437 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24438 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24439 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24440 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24441 Emacs version).
24443 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24444 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24445 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24446 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24447 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24449 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24450 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24452 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24454 ;;;***
24456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21710 25077 713662
24457 ;;;;;; 311000))
24458 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24460 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24461 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24462 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24463 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24464 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24465 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24466 sites in the cluster.
24468 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24470 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24471 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24472 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24473 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24474 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24476 \(fn)" t nil)
24478 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24479 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24480 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24481 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24482 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24483 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24484 `shadow-define-cluster').
24486 \(fn)" t nil)
24488 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24489 Set up file shadowing.
24491 \(fn)" t nil)
24493 ;;;***
24495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21781 3656 58152 3000))
24496 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24498 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24499 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24500 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24501 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24502 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24503 arguments.")
24505 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24507 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24508 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24509 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24510 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24511 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24513 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24514 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24515 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24516 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24517 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24518 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24519 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24520 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24521 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24522 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24523 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24525 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24526 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24527 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24528 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24529 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24530 `default-process-coding-system'.
24532 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24533 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24534 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24535 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24537 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24539 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24541 ;;;***
24543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21781 3655 987151 723000))
24544 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24546 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24547 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24549 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24551 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24552 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24553 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24554 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24556 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24558 ;;;***
24560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21710 25077 572662
24561 ;;;;;; 940000))
24562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24564 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24567 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24569 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24572 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24574 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24577 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24579 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24582 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24584 ;;;***
24586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21710 25077
24587 ;;;;;; 572662 940000))
24588 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24590 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24591 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24592 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24593 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24594 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24596 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24598 \(fn)" t nil)
24600 ;;;***
24602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21710 25077
24603 ;;;;;; 701662 365000))
24604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24606 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24607 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24608 \\{simula-mode-map}
24609 Variables controlling indentation style:
24610 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24611 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24612 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24613 `simula-indent-level'
24614 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24615 `simula-substatement-offset'
24616 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24617 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24618 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24619 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24620 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24621 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24622 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24623 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24624 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24625 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24626 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24627 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24628 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24629 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24630 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24631 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24632 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24633 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24634 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24635 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24636 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24637 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24638 or nil if they should not be changed.
24639 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24640 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24641 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24642 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24644 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24645 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24647 \(fn)" t nil)
24649 ;;;***
24651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21781 3656 60152
24652 ;;;;;; 11000))
24653 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24655 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24656 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24658 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24659 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24660 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24661 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24663 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24665 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24667 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24668 Insert SKELETON.
24669 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24670 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24671 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24672 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24673 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24675 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24676 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24678 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24680 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24681 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24683 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24684 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24685 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24686 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24688 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24689 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24690 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24691 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24693 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24694 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24695 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24697 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24698 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24700 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24701 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24703 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24704 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24705 is at bol/eol
24706 _ interesting point, interregion here
24707 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24708 interesting point set by _
24709 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24710 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24711 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24712 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24713 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24714 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24715 nil skipped
24717 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24718 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24720 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24721 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24722 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24723 as the first element when at bol.
24725 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24726 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24727 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24728 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24729 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24730 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24731 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24732 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24734 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24735 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24736 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24737 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24738 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24739 available:
24741 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24742 then: insert previously read string once more
24743 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24744 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24745 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24747 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24748 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24750 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24752 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24753 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24755 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24756 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24757 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24758 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24759 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24760 such as backslash.
24762 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24763 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24764 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24766 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24768 ;;;***
24770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21781 3656
24771 ;;;;;; 85152 109000))
24772 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24774 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24775 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24776 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24777 buffer names.
24779 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24781 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24782 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24783 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24784 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24785 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24786 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24790 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24791 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24792 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24794 \(fn)" t nil)
24796 ;;;***
24798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21710 25077 572662
24799 ;;;;;; 940000))
24800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24802 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24803 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24804 A list of images is returned.
24806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24808 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24809 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24810 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24812 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24814 ;;;***
24816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21781 3655 975151
24817 ;;;;;; 676000))
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24820 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24823 \(fn)" nil nil)
24825 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24826 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24828 \(fn)" t nil)
24830 ;;;***
24832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21710 25077 673662
24833 ;;;;;; 490000))
24834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24836 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24837 Play the Snake game.
24838 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24840 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24842 Snake mode keybindings:
24843 \\<snake-mode-map>
24844 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24845 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24846 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24847 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24848 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24849 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24850 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24852 \(fn)" t nil)
24854 ;;;***
24856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21710 25077
24857 ;;;;;; 626662 699000))
24858 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24860 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24861 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24862 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24863 Tab indents for C code.
24864 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24865 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24866 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24867 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24868 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24870 \(fn)" t nil)
24872 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24873 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24874 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24875 Tab indents for C code.
24876 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24877 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24878 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24879 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24880 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24882 \(fn)" t nil)
24884 ;;;***
24886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21781 3655 854151
24887 ;;;;;; 199000))
24888 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24890 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24891 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24892 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24893 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24894 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24896 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24900 ;;;***
24902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21710 25077
24903 ;;;;;; 673662 490000))
24904 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24906 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24907 Play Solitaire.
24909 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24910 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24911 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24912 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24913 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24914 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24915 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24916 check after each move or undo.)
24918 What is Solitaire?
24920 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24921 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24922 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24924 Le Solitaire
24925 ============
24927 o o o
24929 o o o
24931 o o o o o o o
24933 o o o . o o o
24935 o o o o o o o
24937 o o o
24939 o o o
24941 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24942 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24943 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24944 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24946 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24947 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24948 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24949 this: o o .
24951 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24952 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24954 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24956 o o o
24958 . o o
24960 o o . o o o o
24962 o . o o o o o
24964 o o o o o o o
24966 o o o
24968 o o o
24970 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24972 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24974 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24976 ;;;***
24978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21710 25077 715662 303000))
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24980 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24982 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24983 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24985 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24986 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24987 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24988 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24989 contiguous.
24991 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24992 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24993 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24994 the sort order.
24996 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24997 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24999 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25000 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25001 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25002 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25003 is called.
25005 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25006 It should move point to the end of the record.
25008 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25009 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25010 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25011 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25012 starts at the beginning of the record.
25014 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25015 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25016 same as ENDRECFUN.
25018 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25019 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25020 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25021 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25022 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25023 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25024 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25026 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25028 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25029 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25030 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25031 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25032 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25033 the sort order.
25035 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25037 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25038 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25039 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25040 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25041 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25042 the sort order.
25044 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25046 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25047 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25048 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25049 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25050 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25051 the sort order.
25053 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25054 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25056 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25057 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25058 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25059 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25060 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25061 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25062 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25063 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25064 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25066 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25068 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25069 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25070 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25071 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25072 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25073 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25074 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25075 the sort order.
25077 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25079 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25080 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25081 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25082 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25084 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25085 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25087 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25088 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25089 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25090 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25091 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25092 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25093 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25094 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25096 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25098 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25099 the sort order.
25101 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25102 starting with the letter \"f\",
25103 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25105 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25107 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25108 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25109 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25110 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25111 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25112 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25113 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25114 the sort order.
25116 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25117 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25118 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25119 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25120 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25122 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25124 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25125 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25126 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25128 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25130 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25131 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25132 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25133 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25134 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25135 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25136 each repeated line.
25138 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25139 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25140 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25141 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25143 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25144 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25146 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25147 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25149 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25151 ;;;***
25153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21781 3655 948151 569000))
25154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25156 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25157 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25158 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25159 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25160 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25161 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25163 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25165 ;;;***
25167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21710
25168 ;;;;;; 25077 572662 940000))
25169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25171 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25172 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25174 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25175 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25176 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25178 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25180 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25181 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25182 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25183 server.
25185 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25187 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25188 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25189 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25191 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25193 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25194 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25195 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25196 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25197 Agent is plugged.
25199 \(fn)" t nil)
25201 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25202 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25203 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25204 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25206 \(fn)" t nil)
25208 ;;;***
25210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21781 3656 61152
25211 ;;;;;; 14000))
25212 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25214 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25216 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25217 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25218 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25219 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25220 supported at a time.
25221 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25222 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25226 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25227 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25228 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25229 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25231 \(fn)" t nil)
25233 ;;;***
25235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21710 25077 673662
25236 ;;;;;; 490000))
25237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25239 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25240 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25242 \(fn)" t nil)
25244 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25245 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25247 \(fn)" nil nil)
25249 ;;;***
25251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21781 3656 47151
25252 ;;;;;; 959000))
25253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25254 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25256 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25257 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25259 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25260 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25261 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25262 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25263 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25264 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25265 of the current highlighting list.
25267 For example:
25269 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25270 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25272 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25273 `_t' as data types.
25275 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25277 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25278 Major mode to edit SQL.
25280 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25281 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25282 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25284 \\{sql-mode-map}
25285 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25287 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25288 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25289 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25290 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25291 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25292 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25294 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25295 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25297 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25298 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25299 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25301 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25302 (lambda ()
25303 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25305 \(fn)" t nil)
25307 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25308 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25310 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25311 their settings.
25313 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25314 is specified in the connection settings.
25316 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25318 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25319 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25321 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25322 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25324 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25325 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25326 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25327 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25329 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25331 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25333 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25334 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25336 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25337 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25338 `*SQL*'.
25340 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25341 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25342 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25343 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25345 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25346 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25348 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25349 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25350 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25351 buffer.
25353 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25354 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25355 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25356 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25357 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25358 `default-process-coding-system'.
25360 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25362 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25364 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25365 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25367 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25368 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25369 `*SQL*'.
25371 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25372 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25373 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25374 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25376 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25377 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25379 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25380 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25381 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25382 buffer.
25384 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25385 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25386 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25387 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25388 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25389 `default-process-coding-system'.
25391 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25393 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25395 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25396 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25398 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25399 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25400 `*SQL*'.
25402 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25403 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25405 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25406 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25408 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25409 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25410 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25411 buffer.
25413 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25414 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25415 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25416 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25417 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25418 `default-process-coding-system'.
25420 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25422 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25424 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25425 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25427 SQLite is free software.
25429 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25430 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25431 `*SQL*'.
25433 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25434 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25435 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25436 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25438 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25439 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25441 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25442 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25443 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25444 buffer.
25446 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25447 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25448 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25449 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25450 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25451 `default-process-coding-system'.
25453 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25455 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25457 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25458 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25460 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25462 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25463 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25464 `*SQL*'.
25466 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25467 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25468 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25469 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25471 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25472 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25474 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25475 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25476 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25477 buffer.
25479 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25480 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25481 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25482 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25483 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25484 `default-process-coding-system'.
25486 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25488 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25490 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25491 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25493 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25494 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25495 `*SQL*'.
25497 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25498 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25499 defaults, if set.
25501 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25502 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25504 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25505 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25506 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25507 buffer.
25509 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25510 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25511 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25512 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25513 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25514 `default-process-coding-system'.
25516 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25518 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25520 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25521 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25523 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25524 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25525 `*SQL*'.
25527 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25528 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25530 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25531 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25533 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25534 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25535 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25536 buffer.
25538 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25539 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25540 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25541 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25542 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25543 `default-process-coding-system'.
25545 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25549 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25550 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25552 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25553 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25554 `*SQL*'.
25556 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25557 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25558 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25559 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25561 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25562 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25564 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25565 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25566 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25567 buffer.
25569 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25570 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25571 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25572 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25573 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25574 `default-process-coding-system'.
25576 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25578 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25580 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25581 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25583 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25584 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25585 `*SQL*'.
25587 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25588 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25589 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25590 `sql-postgres-options'.
25592 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25593 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25595 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25596 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25597 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25598 buffer.
25600 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25601 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25602 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25603 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25604 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25605 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25606 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25607 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25609 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25610 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25612 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25614 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25616 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25617 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25619 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25620 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25621 `*SQL*'.
25623 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25624 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25625 defaults, if set.
25627 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25628 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25630 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25631 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25632 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25633 buffer.
25635 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25636 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25637 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25638 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25639 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25640 `default-process-coding-system'.
25642 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25644 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25646 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25647 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25649 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25650 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25651 `*SQL*'.
25653 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25654 automatic login.
25656 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25657 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25659 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25660 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25661 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25662 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25664 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25665 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25666 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25667 buffer.
25669 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25670 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25671 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25672 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25673 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25674 `default-process-coding-system'.
25676 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25678 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25680 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25681 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25683 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25684 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25685 `*SQL*'.
25687 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25688 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25689 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25690 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25691 parameters.
25693 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25694 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25695 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25696 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25697 an empty password.
25699 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25700 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25702 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25703 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25704 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25705 buffer.
25707 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25709 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25711 ;;;***
25713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21710 25077 498663
25714 ;;;;;; 270000))
25715 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25716 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25718 ;;;***
25720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25721 ;;;;;; (21781 3655 875151 282000))
25722 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25724 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25725 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25727 \(fn)" t nil)
25729 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25731 ;;;***
25733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21710 25077
25734 ;;;;;; 573662 936000))
25735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25737 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25738 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25739 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25740 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25741 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25742 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25743 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25744 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25745 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25746 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25747 with any buffer
25748 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25749 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25750 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25751 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25753 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25755 ;;;***
25757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21710 25077 716662
25758 ;;;;;; 298000))
25759 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25761 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25762 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25763 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25764 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25765 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25766 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25768 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25770 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25772 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25773 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25774 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25775 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25776 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25777 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25778 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25780 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25782 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25783 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25784 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25785 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25786 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25787 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25788 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25790 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25792 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25793 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25794 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25796 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25798 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25799 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25800 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25802 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25804 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25805 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25807 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25809 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25810 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25812 \(fn)" t nil)
25814 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25815 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25817 \(fn)" t nil)
25819 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25820 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25821 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25822 by command name.
25823 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25825 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25827 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25828 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25829 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25832 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25834 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25836 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25837 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25839 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25840 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25842 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25843 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25844 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25845 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25846 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25848 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25849 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25850 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25851 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25853 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25857 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25858 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25859 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25860 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25862 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25864 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25865 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25867 \(fn)" t nil)
25869 ;;;***
25871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21676 8647 80843
25872 ;;;;;; 0))
25873 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25875 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25876 Studlify-case the region.
25878 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25880 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25881 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25883 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25885 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25886 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25888 \(fn)" t nil)
25890 ;;;***
25892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21781 3656
25893 ;;;;;; 47151 959000))
25894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25896 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25897 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25899 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25900 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25902 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25903 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25904 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25905 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25907 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25908 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25909 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25911 Nomenclature Subwords
25912 ===========================================================
25913 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25914 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25915 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25917 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25918 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25919 as words.
25921 \\{subword-mode-map}
25923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25925 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25926 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25927 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25929 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25930 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25932 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25934 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25935 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25936 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25937 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25938 ARG is omitted or nil.
25940 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25941 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25942 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25946 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25947 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25948 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25949 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25950 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25952 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25953 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25954 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25956 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25957 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25958 edit them as words.
25960 \\{superword-mode-map}
25962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25964 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25965 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25966 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25968 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25969 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25971 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25973 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25974 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25975 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25976 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25977 ARG is omitted or nil.
25979 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25980 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25981 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25985 ;;;***
25987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21710 25077
25988 ;;;;;; 605662 793000))
25989 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25991 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25992 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25993 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25994 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25995 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25996 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25997 original message but it does require a few things:
25999 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26001 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26002 reply buffer.
26004 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26005 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26006 original message.
26008 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26010 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26012 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26013 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26014 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26016 \(fn)" nil nil)
26018 ;;;***
26020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21710 25077 717662
26021 ;;;;;; 294000))
26022 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26024 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26026 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26027 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26028 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26030 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26031 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26033 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26035 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26036 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26038 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26039 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26041 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26042 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26043 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26047 ;;;***
26049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21710 25077 717662 294000))
26050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26052 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26053 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26054 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26055 buffer.
26057 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26058 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26059 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26061 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26063 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26064 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26065 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26066 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26067 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26068 buffer.
26070 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26071 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26072 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26074 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26076 ;;;***
26078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21710 25077 731662
26079 ;;;;;; 231000))
26080 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26082 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26083 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26084 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26086 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26088 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26089 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26091 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26093 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26094 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26096 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26098 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26099 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26101 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26103 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26104 Insert an editable text table.
26105 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26106 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26107 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26108 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26109 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26110 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26111 delimiting them.
26113 Examples:
26115 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26117 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26118 location of point.
26122 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26123 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26124 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26125 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26126 first cell.
26128 +-----+-----+-----+
26129 |-!- | | |
26130 +-----+-----+-----+
26132 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26134 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26135 width, which results as
26137 +--------------+-----+-----+
26138 |-!- | | |
26139 +--------------+-----+-----+
26141 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26142 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26144 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26145 | | |-!- |
26146 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26148 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26149 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26150 width information to `table-insert'.
26152 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26154 instead of
26156 Cell width(s): 5
26158 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26159 work all together.
26161 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26162 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26164 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26165 |-!- | | |
26166 | | | |
26167 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26169 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26171 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26172 |-!- | | |
26173 | | | |
26174 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26175 | | | |
26176 | | | |
26177 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26179 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26181 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26182 | | | |
26183 | | | |
26184 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26185 | | | |
26186 | | | |
26187 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26191 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26192 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26194 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26195 | | | |
26196 | | | |
26197 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26198 | | | |
26199 | | | |
26200 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26201 |-!- | | |
26202 | | | |
26203 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26205 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26206 results.
26208 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26209 | | | |
26210 | | | |
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26213 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26214 | | |expected results.-!- |
26215 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26216 | | | |
26217 | | | |
26218 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26222 \\{table-cell-map}
26224 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26226 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26227 Insert N table row(s).
26228 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26229 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26230 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26231 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26233 \(fn N)" t nil)
26235 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26236 Insert N table column(s).
26237 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26238 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26239 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26240 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26242 \(fn N)" t nil)
26244 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26245 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26246 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26248 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26250 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26251 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26252 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26253 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26254 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26255 all the table specific features.
26257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26259 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26262 \(fn)" t nil)
26264 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26265 Recognize all tables within region.
26266 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26267 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26268 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26269 specific features.
26271 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26273 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26276 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26278 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26279 Recognize a table at point.
26280 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26281 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26282 the table specific features.
26284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26286 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26289 \(fn)" t nil)
26291 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26292 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26293 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26294 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26295 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26296 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26297 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26299 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26301 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26304 \(fn)" t nil)
26306 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26307 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26308 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26309 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26310 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26311 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26312 specified.
26314 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26316 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26317 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26318 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26319 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26320 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26321 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26322 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26323 table structure.
26325 \(fn N)" t nil)
26327 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26328 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26329 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26330 table's rectangle structure.
26332 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26334 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26335 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26336 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26337 table's rectangle structure.
26339 \(fn N)" t nil)
26341 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26342 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26343 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26344 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26345 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26347 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26349 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26350 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26351 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26353 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26354 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26355 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26356 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26357 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26358 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26359 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26361 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26362 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26363 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26364 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26365 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26366 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26367 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26369 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26370 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26371 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26372 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26373 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26374 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26375 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26376 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26378 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26380 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26381 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26382 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26383 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26387 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26388 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26389 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26391 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26393 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26394 Split current cell vertically.
26395 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26397 \(fn)" t nil)
26399 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26400 Split current cell horizontally.
26401 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26403 \(fn)" t nil)
26405 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26406 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26407 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26409 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26411 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26412 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26413 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26414 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26416 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26418 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26419 Justify cell contents.
26420 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26421 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26422 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26423 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26425 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26428 Justify cells of a row.
26429 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26430 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26432 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26434 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26435 Justify cells of a column.
26436 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26437 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26439 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26441 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26442 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26443 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26444 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26445 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26446 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26447 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26448 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26449 run-time.
26451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26453 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26454 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26455 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26456 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26457 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26458 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26459 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26460 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26461 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26462 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26463 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26465 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26467 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26468 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26469 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26470 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26471 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26472 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26473 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26474 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26475 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26476 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26477 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26478 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26479 untouched.
26481 References used for this implementation:
26483 HTML:
26484 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26486 LaTeX:
26487 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26489 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26490 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26491 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26493 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26495 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26496 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26497 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26498 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26499 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26500 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26501 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26502 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26503 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26504 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26505 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26506 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26507 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26508 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26509 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26510 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26511 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26513 Example:
26515 (progn
26516 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26517 (table-forward-cell 15)
26518 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26519 (table-forward-cell 16)
26520 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26521 (table-forward-cell 1)
26522 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26524 (progn
26525 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26526 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26527 (table-forward-cell 1)
26528 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26530 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26532 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26533 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26534 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26535 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26536 consists from cells of same height.
26538 \(fn N)" t nil)
26540 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26541 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26542 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26543 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26544 column must consists from cells of same width.
26546 \(fn N)" t nil)
26548 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26549 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26550 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26551 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26552 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26553 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26554 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26555 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26556 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26557 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26558 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26559 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26560 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26561 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26562 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26565 Example 1:
26567 1, 2, 3, 4
26568 5, 6, 7, 8
26569 , 9, 10
26571 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26572 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26573 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26574 specified as 5.
26576 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26577 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26578 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26579 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26580 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26581 | | 9 | 10 | |
26582 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26584 Note:
26586 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26587 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26588 of each row is optional.
26591 Example 2:
26593 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26594 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26595 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26596 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26597 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26599 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26600 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26602 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26603 expression and raw delimiter regular
26604 expression, it parses the specified text
26605 area and extracts cell items from
26606 non-table text and then forms a table out
26607 of them.
26609 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26610 creates a single cell table. The text in
26611 the specified region is placed in that
26612 cell.-*-
26614 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26615 like this.
26617 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26618 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26619 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26621 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26622 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26623 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26624 | area and extracts cell items from |
26625 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26626 | of them. |
26628 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26629 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26630 | the specified region is placed in that |
26631 | cell. |
26632 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26634 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26635 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26636 independently.
26638 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26639 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26640 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26641 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26642 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26643 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26644 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26645 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26646 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26647 | |of them. |
26648 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26649 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26650 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26651 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26652 | |cell. |
26653 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26655 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26656 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26657 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26659 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26661 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26662 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26663 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26664 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26665 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26667 \(fn)" t nil)
26669 ;;;***
26671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21710 25077 717662 294000))
26672 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26674 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26675 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26677 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26679 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26680 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26682 \(fn)" t nil)
26684 ;;;***
26686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21781 3656 63152
26687 ;;;;;; 22000))
26688 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26690 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26691 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26692 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26693 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26694 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26695 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26696 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26698 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26699 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26700 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26701 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26703 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26704 \\{tar-mode-map}
26706 \(fn)" t nil)
26708 ;;;***
26710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21710 25077 702662
26711 ;;;;;; 360000))
26712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26714 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26715 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26716 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26717 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26718 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26719 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26721 Variables controlling indentation style:
26722 `tcl-indent-level'
26723 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26724 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26725 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26727 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26728 documentation for details):
26729 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26730 Controls action of TAB key.
26731 `tcl-auto-newline'
26732 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26733 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26734 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26735 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26736 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26738 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26739 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26740 already exist.
26742 \(fn)" t nil)
26744 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26745 Run inferior Tcl process.
26746 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26747 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26749 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26751 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26752 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26753 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26755 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26757 ;;;***
26759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21710 25077 627662
26760 ;;;;;; 695000))
26761 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26763 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26764 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26765 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26766 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26768 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26769 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26770 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26771 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26772 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26774 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26776 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26777 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26778 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26779 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26781 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26783 ;;;***
26785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21781 3656 64152 26000))
26786 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26788 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26789 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26790 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26791 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26792 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26793 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26795 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26797 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26798 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26799 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26800 commands to use in that buffer.
26802 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26804 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26806 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26807 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26809 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26811 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26812 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26813 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26814 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26815 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26816 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26817 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26818 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26819 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26820 use in that buffer.
26821 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26823 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26825 ;;;***
26827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21710
26828 ;;;;;; 25077 521663 168000))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26831 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26832 Start coverage on function under point.
26834 \(fn)" t nil)
26836 ;;;***
26838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21710 25077 673662
26839 ;;;;;; 490000))
26840 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26841 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26843 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26844 Play the Tetris game.
26845 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26846 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26847 as to form complete rows.
26849 tetris-mode keybindings:
26850 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26851 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26852 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26853 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26854 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26855 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26856 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26857 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26858 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26860 \(fn)" t nil)
26862 ;;;***
26864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21781 3656
26865 ;;;;;; 77152 77000))
26866 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26868 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26869 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26871 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26873 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26874 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26875 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26876 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26877 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26879 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26881 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26882 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26883 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26884 if it matches the first line of the file,
26885 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26887 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26889 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26890 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26891 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26892 if the variable is non-nil.")
26894 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26896 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26897 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26899 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26901 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26902 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26903 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26904 See the documentation of that variable.")
26906 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26908 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26909 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26910 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26911 See the documentation of that variable.")
26913 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26915 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26916 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26917 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26918 See the documentation of that variable.")
26920 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26922 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26923 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26924 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26925 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26926 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26928 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26930 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26931 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26932 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26933 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26935 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26937 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26938 User defined LaTeX block names.
26939 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26941 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26943 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26944 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26945 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26946 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26948 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26950 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26951 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26952 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26953 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26955 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26957 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26958 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26959 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26960 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26962 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26963 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26964 for example,
26966 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26967 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26969 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26970 use.")
26972 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26974 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26975 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26976 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26977 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26978 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26980 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26982 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26984 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26985 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26986 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26988 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26990 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26991 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26992 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26993 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26994 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26996 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26998 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26999 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27001 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27003 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27004 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27006 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27008 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27009 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27010 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27011 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27012 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27013 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27014 says which mode to use.
27016 \(fn)" t nil)
27018 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27020 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27022 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27024 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27025 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27026 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27027 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27028 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27030 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27031 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27032 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27033 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27034 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27035 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27036 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27038 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27039 mismatched $'s or braces.
27041 Special commands:
27042 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27044 Mode variables:
27045 tex-run-command
27046 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27047 tex-directory
27048 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27049 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27050 tex-dvi-print-command
27051 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27052 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27053 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27054 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27055 tex-dvi-view-command
27056 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27057 tex-show-queue-command
27058 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27059 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27061 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27062 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27063 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27065 \(fn)" t nil)
27067 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27068 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27069 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27070 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27071 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27073 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27074 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27075 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27076 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27077 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27078 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27079 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27081 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27082 mismatched $'s or braces.
27084 Special commands:
27085 \\{latex-mode-map}
27087 Mode variables:
27088 latex-run-command
27089 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27090 tex-directory
27091 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27092 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27093 tex-dvi-print-command
27094 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27095 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27096 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27097 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27098 tex-dvi-view-command
27099 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27100 tex-show-queue-command
27101 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27102 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27104 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27105 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27106 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27108 \(fn)" t nil)
27110 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27111 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27112 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27113 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27114 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27116 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27117 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27118 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27119 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27120 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27121 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27122 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27124 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27125 mismatched $'s or braces.
27127 Special commands:
27128 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27130 Mode variables:
27131 slitex-run-command
27132 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27133 tex-directory
27134 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27135 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27136 tex-dvi-print-command
27137 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27138 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27139 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27140 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27141 tex-dvi-view-command
27142 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27143 tex-show-queue-command
27144 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27145 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27147 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27148 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27149 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27150 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27152 \(fn)" t nil)
27154 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27157 \(fn)" nil nil)
27159 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27160 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27162 \(fn)" t nil)
27164 ;;;***
27166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21710 25077
27167 ;;;;;; 732662 227000))
27168 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27170 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27171 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27172 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27173 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27175 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27176 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27177 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27179 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27181 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27182 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27183 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27184 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27185 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27187 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27189 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27190 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27191 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27192 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27194 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27195 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27196 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27197 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27199 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27200 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27202 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27204 ;;;***
27206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21710 25077
27207 ;;;;;; 732662 227000))
27208 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27210 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27211 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27213 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27215 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27216 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27218 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27220 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27221 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27223 It has these extra commands:
27224 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27226 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27227 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27228 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27229 modified version of TeX input format.
27231 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27232 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27233 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27234 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27236 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27237 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27238 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27239 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27240 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27241 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27242 in the Texinfo file.
27244 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27245 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27246 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27247 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27248 move forward past the closing brace.
27250 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27251 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27253 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27254 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27255 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27257 Here are the functions:
27259 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27260 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27261 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27263 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27264 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27265 texinfo-master-menu
27267 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27269 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27270 which menu descriptions are indented.
27272 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27273 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27274 in the region.
27276 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27277 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27278 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27279 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27281 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27282 be the first node in the file.
27284 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27285 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27287 \(fn)" t nil)
27289 ;;;***
27291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21710
27292 ;;;;;; 25077 590662 860000))
27293 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27295 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27296 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27297 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27298 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27300 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27302 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27303 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27305 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27307 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27308 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27310 \(fn)" t nil)
27312 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27315 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27317 ;;;***
27319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21710 25077 733662
27320 ;;;;;; 222000))
27321 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27323 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27324 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27325 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27326 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27327 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27328 `line', and `page'.
27330 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27332 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27333 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27334 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27335 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27336 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27337 `line', and `page'.
27339 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27340 valid THING.
27342 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27343 positions of the thing found.
27345 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27347 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27348 Return the THING at point.
27349 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27350 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27351 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27352 `line', `number', and `page'.
27354 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27355 strip text properties from the return value.
27357 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27358 a symbol as a valid THING.
27360 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27362 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27363 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27365 \(fn)" nil nil)
27367 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27368 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27370 \(fn)" nil nil)
27372 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27373 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27375 \(fn)" nil nil)
27377 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27378 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27380 \(fn)" nil nil)
27382 ;;;***
27384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21710 25077 733662 222000))
27385 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27387 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27388 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27390 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27392 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27393 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27394 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27395 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27397 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27399 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27400 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27402 \(fn)" t nil)
27404 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27405 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27407 \(fn)" t nil)
27409 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27411 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27412 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27414 \(fn)" t nil)
27416 ;;;***
27418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21710
27419 ;;;;;; 25077 590662 860000))
27420 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27422 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27423 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27424 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27426 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27428 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27429 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27431 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27433 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27434 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27435 The returned string has no composition information.
27437 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27439 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27440 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27442 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27444 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27445 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27447 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27449 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27450 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27451 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27452 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27454 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27456 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27457 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27458 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27459 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27461 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27463 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27464 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27465 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27467 \(fn)" t nil)
27469 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27470 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27471 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27473 \(fn)" t nil)
27475 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27478 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27480 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27483 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27485 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27488 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27490 ;;;***
27492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21781 3656
27493 ;;;;;; 79152 85000))
27494 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27495 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27497 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27498 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27499 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27500 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27501 parameters.
27502 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27504 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27506 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27507 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27508 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27509 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27510 parameters.
27511 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27513 \(fn)" t nil)
27515 ;;;***
27517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21710 25077 733662 222000))
27518 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27520 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27521 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27523 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27524 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27526 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27527 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27528 This display updates automatically every minute.
27529 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27530 are displayed as well.
27531 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27533 \(fn)" t nil)
27535 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27536 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27537 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27540 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27542 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27544 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27545 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27547 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27548 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27550 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27551 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27552 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27553 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27554 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27558 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27559 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27560 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27561 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27563 \(fn)" t nil)
27565 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27566 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27567 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27568 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27570 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27572 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27573 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27575 \(fn)" t nil)
27577 ;;;***
27579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21781
27580 ;;;;;; 3655 854151 199000))
27581 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27583 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27584 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27585 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27587 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27588 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27589 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27590 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27591 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27592 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27594 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27595 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27597 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27599 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27600 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27602 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27604 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27605 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27607 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27609 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27610 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27611 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27613 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27615 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27617 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27618 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27619 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27621 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27623 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27624 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27626 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27628 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27629 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27630 DATE should be a date-time string.
27632 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27634 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27635 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27636 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27638 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27640 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27641 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27643 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27645 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27646 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27648 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27650 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27651 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27652 TIME should be a time value.
27653 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27655 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27657 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27658 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27659 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27661 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27663 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27664 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27665 The valid format specifiers are:
27666 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27667 %d is the number of days.
27668 %h is the number of hours.
27669 %m is the number of minutes.
27670 %s is the number of seconds.
27671 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27672 %% is a literal \"%\".
27674 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27675 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27677 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27678 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27679 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27681 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27682 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27683 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27685 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27687 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27689 ;;;***
27691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21710 25077 733662
27692 ;;;;;; 222000))
27693 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27694 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27695 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27696 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27697 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27698 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27699 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27700 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27701 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27703 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27704 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27705 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27706 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27707 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27708 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27709 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27710 look like one of the following:
27711 Time-stamp: <>
27712 Time-stamp: \" \"
27713 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27714 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27715 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27716 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27717 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27718 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27719 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27720 the template.
27722 \(fn)" t nil)
27724 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27725 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27726 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27730 ;;;***
27732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21781
27733 ;;;;;; 3655 854151 199000))
27734 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27735 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27737 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27738 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27739 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27742 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27744 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27746 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27747 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27748 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27749 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27750 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27751 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27752 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27753 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27754 display (non-nil means on).
27756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27758 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27759 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27760 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27761 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27762 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27763 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27764 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27765 this function is called within a day.
27767 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27768 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27769 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27770 discover the name of the project.
27772 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27774 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27775 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27776 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27777 begun during the last time segment.
27779 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27780 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27781 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27782 discover the reason.
27784 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27786 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27787 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27788 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27789 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27790 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27792 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27794 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27795 Change to working on a different project.
27796 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27797 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27798 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27799 working on.
27801 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27803 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27804 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27805 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27807 \(fn)" nil nil)
27809 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27810 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27811 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27813 \(fn)" t nil)
27815 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27816 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27817 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27818 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27819 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27820 \"relative to today\".
27822 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27824 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27825 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27826 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27827 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27829 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27831 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27832 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27833 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27834 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27835 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27836 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27838 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27840 ;;;***
27842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27843 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 584662 887000))
27844 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27846 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27847 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27848 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27849 the generated Quail package is saved.
27851 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27853 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27854 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27855 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27856 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27857 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27858 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27859 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27861 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27863 ;;;***
27865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21781 3656 79152 85000))
27866 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27867 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27868 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27870 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27871 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27872 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27873 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27874 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27876 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27877 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27878 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27880 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27882 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27883 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27884 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27885 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27886 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27888 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27890 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27891 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27892 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27893 in the menu in two ways:
27894 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27895 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27896 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27898 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27899 keymap or an alist of alists.
27900 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27901 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27903 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27905 ;;;***
27907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21781
27908 ;;;;;; 3670 683209 613000))
27909 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27911 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27912 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27914 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27915 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27916 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27917 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27918 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27919 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27920 file was last visited.
27922 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27923 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27924 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27925 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27926 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27927 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27928 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27929 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27930 for the first item.
27932 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27933 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27934 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27935 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27936 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27937 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27938 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27939 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27941 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27942 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27943 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27944 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27945 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27947 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27948 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27950 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27952 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27953 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27955 \\{todo-mode-map}
27957 \(fn)" t nil)
27959 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27960 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27962 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27964 \(fn)" t nil)
27966 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27967 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27969 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27971 \(fn)" t nil)
27973 ;;;***
27975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21710 25077 734662
27976 ;;;;;; 218000))
27977 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27979 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27980 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27981 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27985 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27986 Add an item to the tool bar.
27987 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27988 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27989 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27990 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27992 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27993 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27994 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27995 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27997 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27998 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28000 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28002 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28003 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28004 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28005 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28006 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28007 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28009 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28010 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28011 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28012 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28014 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28016 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28017 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28018 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28019 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28020 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28021 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28022 properties to add to the binding.
28024 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28026 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28027 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28029 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28031 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28032 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28033 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28034 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28035 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28036 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28037 properties to add to the binding.
28039 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28040 holds a keymap.
28042 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28044 ;;;***
28046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21710 25077 521663
28047 ;;;;;; 168000))
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28050 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28051 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28052 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28053 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28054 to a tcp server on another machine.
28056 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28058 ;;;***
28060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21710 25077
28061 ;;;;;; 521663 168000))
28062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28064 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28065 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28067 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28069 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28070 Helper function to get internal values.
28071 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28073 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28075 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28076 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28077 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28078 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28080 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28081 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28082 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28083 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28084 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28086 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28087 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28088 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28089 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28091 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28093 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28095 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28096 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28097 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28098 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28100 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28102 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28104 ;;;***
28106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21781 3670 703209 692000))
28107 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28109 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28110 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28111 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28113 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28115 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28116 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28118 It can have the following values:
28120 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28121 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28123 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28125 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28126 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28127 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28128 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28130 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28132 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28133 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28134 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28135 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28137 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28138 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28139 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28140 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28141 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28142 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28143 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28144 files which are not really Tramp files.
28146 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28147 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28148 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28149 updated after changing this variable.
28151 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28153 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28154 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28155 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28156 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28158 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28160 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28161 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28162 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28163 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28165 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28166 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28167 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28169 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28170 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28171 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28172 updated after changing this variable.
28174 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28176 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28177 Alist of completion handler functions.
28178 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28179 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28180 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28182 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28183 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28184 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28185 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28187 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28188 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28189 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28191 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28192 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28194 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28195 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28197 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28199 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28202 \(fn)" nil nil)
28204 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28205 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28207 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28209 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28210 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28212 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28214 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28215 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28217 \(fn)" t nil)
28219 ;;;***
28221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21710 25077
28222 ;;;;;; 628662 690000))
28223 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28225 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28228 \(fn)" nil nil)
28230 ;;;***
28232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21710 25077 734662
28233 ;;;;;; 218000))
28234 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28236 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28237 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28238 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28239 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28240 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28241 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28242 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28243 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28245 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28246 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28247 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28249 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28250 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28251 resumed later.
28253 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28255 ;;;***
28257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21676 8646
28258 ;;;;;; 619137 0))
28259 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28261 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28264 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28266 ;;;***
28268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21710
28269 ;;;;;; 25077 733662 222000))
28270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28271 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28272 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28273 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28275 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28276 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28277 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28278 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28279 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28280 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28281 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28283 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28285 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28286 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28287 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28288 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28290 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28292 \(fn)" t nil)
28294 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28295 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28296 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28297 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28298 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28299 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28300 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28302 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28303 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28305 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28306 \\___/\\
28307 / \\
28308 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28310 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28312 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28314 ;;;***
28316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21781 3656 79152
28317 ;;;;;; 85000))
28318 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28320 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28321 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28322 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28325 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28327 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28329 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28330 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28331 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28333 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28334 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28335 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28336 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28337 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28338 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28339 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28341 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28342 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28344 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28345 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28346 reset the keystroke counter.
28348 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28349 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28350 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28351 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28353 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28354 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28355 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28356 `type-break-schedule' command.
28358 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28359 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28360 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28361 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28362 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28363 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28364 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28365 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28366 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28368 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28369 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28370 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28371 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28372 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28374 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28375 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28376 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28377 approximate good values for this.
28379 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28380 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28382 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28383 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28384 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28385 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28386 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28387 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28389 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28390 a typing break occur. They include:
28392 `type-break-query-mode'
28393 `type-break-query-function'
28394 `type-break-query-interval'
28396 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28398 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28399 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28400 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28401 problems.
28403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28405 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28406 Take a typing break.
28408 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28409 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28411 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28412 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28414 \(fn)" t nil)
28416 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28417 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28418 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28419 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28421 \(fn)" t nil)
28423 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28424 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28426 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28427 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28428 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28429 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28430 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28431 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28432 average typing speed.)
28434 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28435 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28436 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28437 the computed maximum threshold.
28439 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28440 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28441 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28442 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28443 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28445 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28447 ;;;***
28449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21710 25077 605662 793000))
28450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28452 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28453 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28454 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28455 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28456 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28458 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28460 ;;;***
28462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28463 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 584662 887000))
28464 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28466 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28467 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28469 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28471 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28472 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28474 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28476 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28477 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28479 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28481 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28482 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28484 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28486 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28487 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28491 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28492 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28494 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28496 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28497 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28499 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28501 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28502 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28504 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28506 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28507 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28509 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28511 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28512 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28514 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28516 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28517 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28519 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28521 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28522 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28524 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28526 ;;;***
28528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21710
28529 ;;;;;; 25077 733662 222000))
28530 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28532 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28533 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28534 Works by overstriking underscores.
28535 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28536 which specify the range to operate on.
28538 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28540 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28541 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28542 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28543 which specify the range to operate on.
28545 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28547 ;;;***
28549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21710 25077 605662
28550 ;;;;;; 793000))
28551 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28553 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28554 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28555 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28556 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28557 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28558 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28560 \(fn)" nil nil)
28562 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28563 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28564 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28566 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28568 ;;;***
28570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21710 25077
28571 ;;;;;; 521663 168000))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28574 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28575 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28576 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28577 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28579 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28581 ;;;***
28583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21781 3656 81152 93000))
28584 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28586 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28587 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28588 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28589 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28590 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28592 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28593 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28594 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28595 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28596 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28597 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28599 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28600 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28601 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28603 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28604 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28605 the callback is not called).
28607 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28608 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28609 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28610 take effect.
28612 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28613 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28614 the server.
28615 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28616 URL-encoded before it's used.
28618 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28620 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28621 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28622 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28623 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28624 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28626 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28628 ;;;***
28630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21710 25077 735662
28631 ;;;;;; 213000))
28632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28634 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28635 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28636 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28638 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28639 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28640 `url-generic-parse-url'
28641 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28642 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28643 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28644 realm
28645 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28646 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28647 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28648 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28649 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28650 what type of auth to use
28651 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28652 if one cannot be found in the cache
28654 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28656 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28657 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28659 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28660 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28661 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28662 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28663 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28664 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28665 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28666 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28668 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28670 ;;;***
28672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21781 3656
28673 ;;;;;; 80152 89000))
28674 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28676 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28677 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28679 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28681 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28682 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28683 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28685 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28687 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28688 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28690 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28692 ;;;***
28694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21710 25077 735662
28695 ;;;;;; 213000))
28696 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28698 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28701 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28703 ;;;***
28705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21781 3656 80152
28706 ;;;;;; 89000))
28707 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28709 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28710 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28711 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28713 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28715 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28716 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28717 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28718 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28720 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28721 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28722 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28723 though.
28725 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28727 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28728 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28729 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28731 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28733 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28736 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28738 ;;;***
28740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21710 25077 736662
28741 ;;;;;; 209000))
28742 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28744 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28745 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28747 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28749 ;;;***
28751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21781 3656 80152
28752 ;;;;;; 89000))
28753 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28755 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28756 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28758 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28760 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28761 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28762 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28763 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28764 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28766 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28768 ;;;***
28770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21781
28771 ;;;;;; 4630 1468 620000))
28772 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28774 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28775 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28776 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28779 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28781 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28783 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28784 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28785 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28786 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28787 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28791 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28792 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28793 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28794 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28796 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28798 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28799 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28800 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28801 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28802 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28803 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28804 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28805 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28806 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28807 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28809 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28811 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28812 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28813 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28814 accessible.
28816 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28818 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28821 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28823 ;;;***
28825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21781 3656 81152
28826 ;;;;;; 93000))
28827 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28828 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28830 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28831 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28832 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28833 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28834 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28836 ;;;***
28838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21710 25077 737662
28839 ;;;;;; 205000))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28842 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28845 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28847 ;;;***
28849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21710 25077 737662
28850 ;;;;;; 205000))
28851 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28853 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28854 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28855 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28856 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28857 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28859 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28861 ;;;***
28863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21710 25077
28864 ;;;;;; 737662 205000))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28867 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28870 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28872 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28873 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28875 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28877 ;;;***
28879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21710 25077 737662
28880 ;;;;;; 205000))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28883 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28884 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28886 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28888 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28889 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28891 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28893 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28896 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28898 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28900 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28902 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28904 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28905 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28907 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28909 ;;;***
28911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21710 25077 737662
28912 ;;;;;; 205000))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28915 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28918 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28920 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28923 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28925 ;;;***
28927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21710 25077 737662
28928 ;;;;;; 205000))
28929 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28931 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28934 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28936 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28939 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28941 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28944 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28946 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28949 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28951 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28954 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28956 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28959 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28961 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28964 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28966 ;;;***
28968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21710 25077
28969 ;;;;;; 737662 205000))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28972 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28973 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28975 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28977 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28978 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28979 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28981 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28982 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28983 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28984 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28985 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28986 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28987 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28988 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28989 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28990 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28991 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28992 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28993 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28994 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28996 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28997 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28998 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29000 Here is an example. The URL
29002 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29004 parses to
29006 TYPE = \"foo\"
29007 USER = \"bob\"
29008 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29009 HOST = \"example.com\"
29010 PORTSPEC = 42
29011 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29012 TARGET = \"nose\"
29013 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29014 FULLNESS = t
29016 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29018 ;;;***
29020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21710 25077
29021 ;;;;;; 737662 205000))
29022 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29024 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29025 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29027 \(fn)" t nil)
29029 ;;;***
29031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21781 3656
29032 ;;;;;; 81152 93000))
29033 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29035 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29036 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29037 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29038 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29039 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29040 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29042 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29044 ;;;***
29046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21781 3656 81152
29047 ;;;;;; 93000))
29048 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29050 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29051 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29052 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29054 If t, all messages will be logged.
29055 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29056 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29058 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29060 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29063 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29065 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29068 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29070 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29071 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29072 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29073 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29074 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29075 & ==> &amp;
29076 < ==> &lt;
29077 > ==> &gt;
29078 \" ==> &quot;
29080 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29082 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29083 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29084 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29086 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29088 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29089 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29090 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29092 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29094 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29095 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29097 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29100 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29102 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29104 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29105 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29107 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29109 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29112 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29114 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29117 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29119 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29121 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29122 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29124 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29126 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29127 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29129 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29131 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29134 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29136 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29137 Build a query-string.
29139 Given a QUERY in the form:
29140 '((key1 val1)
29141 (key2 val2)
29142 (key3 val1 val2)
29143 (key4)
29144 (key5 \"\"))
29146 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29148 This will return a string
29149 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29150 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29151 be used.
29153 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29155 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29156 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29158 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29160 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29161 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29162 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29163 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29164 forbidden in URL encoding.
29166 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29168 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29169 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29170 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29171 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29172 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29173 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29175 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29176 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29177 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29178 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29180 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29182 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29183 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29184 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29185 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29186 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29187 should return it unchanged.
29189 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29191 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29192 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29193 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29194 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29196 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29198 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29199 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29200 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29202 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29204 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29205 View the current document's URL.
29206 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29207 the minibuffer.
29209 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29211 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29213 ;;;***
29215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21710 25077 738662
29216 ;;;;;; 200000))
29217 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29219 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29220 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29221 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29222 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29223 to refrain from editing the file
29224 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29225 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29226 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29227 in any way you like.
29229 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29231 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29232 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29233 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29234 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29235 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29237 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29238 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29240 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29242 ;;;***
29244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21710 25077
29245 ;;;;;; 585662 882000))
29246 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29248 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29251 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29253 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29256 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29258 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29261 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29263 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29266 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29268 ;;;***
29270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21710 25077 573662 936000))
29271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29273 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29274 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29276 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29278 ;;;***
29280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21710 25077
29281 ;;;;;; 605662 793000))
29282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29284 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29285 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29286 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29287 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29289 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29291 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29292 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29293 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29295 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29297 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29298 Uudecode region between START and END.
29299 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29301 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29303 ;;;***
29305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21781 3656 89152 125000))
29306 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29308 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29309 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29310 See `run-hooks'.")
29312 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29314 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29315 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29316 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29318 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29320 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29321 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29322 See `run-hooks'.")
29324 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29326 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29327 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29328 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29329 same state. If not, signal an error.
29331 For merging-based version control systems:
29332 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29333 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29334 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29335 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29336 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29337 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29339 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29340 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29341 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29342 the file(s) for editing.
29343 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29344 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29345 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29346 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29347 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29348 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29350 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29352 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29353 Register into a version control system.
29354 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29355 Otherwise register the current file.
29356 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29357 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29359 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29360 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29361 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29362 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29363 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29364 first backend that could register the file is used.
29366 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29368 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29369 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29371 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29373 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29374 Display diffs between file revisions.
29375 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29376 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29377 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29379 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29380 saving the buffer.
29382 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29384 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29385 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29386 repository history using ediff.
29388 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29390 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29391 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29392 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29393 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29394 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29396 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29397 saving the buffer.
29399 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29401 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29402 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29403 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29404 fileset with the working revision.
29405 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29406 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29408 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29409 saving the buffer.
29411 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29413 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29414 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29415 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29416 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29418 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29420 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29421 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29422 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29423 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29425 \(fn)" t nil)
29427 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29428 Perform a version control merge operation.
29429 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29430 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29431 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29432 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29434 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29435 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29436 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29437 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29438 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29439 changes from the current branch.
29441 \(fn)" t nil)
29443 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29445 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29446 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29447 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29448 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29449 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29450 checked out in that new branch.
29452 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29454 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29455 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29456 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29457 named branch in the directory DIR.
29458 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29459 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29460 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29461 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29462 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29463 allowed and simply skipped).
29465 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29467 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29468 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29469 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29470 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29471 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29473 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29474 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29476 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29478 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29479 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29480 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29481 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29482 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29484 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29486 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29487 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29488 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29490 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29492 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29493 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29494 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29496 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29498 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29499 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29500 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29501 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29503 \(fn)" t nil)
29505 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29506 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29507 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29508 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29510 \(fn)" t nil)
29512 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29514 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29515 Update the current fileset or branch.
29516 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29517 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29518 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29519 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29521 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29522 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29523 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29524 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29525 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29529 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29531 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29532 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29533 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29534 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29535 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29536 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29537 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29539 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29541 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29542 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29543 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29544 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29545 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29546 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29547 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29548 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29549 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29551 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29553 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29554 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29555 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29556 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29558 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29560 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29561 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29562 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29563 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29565 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29567 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29568 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29569 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29570 directory.
29572 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29574 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29575 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29576 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29578 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29579 log entries should be gathered.
29581 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29583 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29584 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29586 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29588 ;;;***
29590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21781 3656
29591 ;;;;;; 86152 113000))
29592 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29594 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29595 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29597 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29598 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29599 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29600 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29601 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29602 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29604 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29605 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29606 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29607 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29608 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29609 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29610 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29611 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29613 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29615 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29617 Customization variables:
29619 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29620 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29621 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29622 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29624 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29626 ;;;***
29628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21781 3656 86152
29629 ;;;;;; 113000))
29630 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29631 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29632 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29633 (progn
29634 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29635 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29637 ;;;***
29639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21781 3656 86152 113000))
29640 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29642 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29643 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29645 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29646 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29647 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29648 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29649 (progn
29650 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29651 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29653 ;;;***
29655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21781 3656 86152 113000))
29656 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29657 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29658 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29659 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29660 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29661 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29662 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29664 ;;;***
29666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21781 3656 87152 117000))
29667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29669 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29670 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29671 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29672 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29673 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29675 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29676 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29677 The file lines appear later.
29679 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29680 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29682 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29684 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29686 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29688 ;;;***
29690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21781
29691 ;;;;;; 3656 87152 117000))
29692 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29694 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29695 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29696 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29697 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29698 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29699 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29700 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29701 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29702 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29703 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29704 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29705 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29706 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29707 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29708 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29710 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29712 ;;;***
29714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21781 3656 87152 117000))
29715 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29716 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29717 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29718 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29719 (progn
29720 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29721 (vc-git-registered file))))
29723 ;;;***
29725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21781 3656 87152 117000))
29726 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29727 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29728 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29729 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29730 (progn
29731 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29732 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29734 ;;;***
29736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21781 3656 88152 121000))
29737 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29739 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29740 Name of the monotone directory.")
29742 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29743 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29744 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29745 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29746 (progn
29747 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29748 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29750 ;;;***
29752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21781 3656 88152 121000))
29753 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29755 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29756 Where to look for RCS master files.
29757 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29759 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29761 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29763 ;;;***
29765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21781 3656 88152
29766 ;;;;;; 121000))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29769 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29770 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29771 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29773 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29775 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29777 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29778 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29779 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29780 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29782 ;;;***
29784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21781 3656 88152 121000))
29785 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29786 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29787 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29788 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29789 "_svn")
29790 (t ".svn"))))
29791 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29792 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29793 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29795 ;;;***
29797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21781
29798 ;;;;;; 3656 48151 963000))
29799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29800 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29801 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29803 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29804 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29806 Usage:
29807 ------
29809 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29810 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29811 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29812 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29814 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29815 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29816 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29817 completions.
29819 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29820 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29822 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29823 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29825 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29826 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29827 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29829 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29832 Maintenance:
29833 ------------
29835 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29836 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29838 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29840 Official distribution is at
29841 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29844 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29845 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29847 Key bindings:
29848 -------------
29850 \\{vera-mode-map}
29852 \(fn)" t nil)
29854 ;;;***
29856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29857 ;;;;;; (21781 3656 51151 975000))
29858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29860 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29861 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29862 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29863 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29864 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29866 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29868 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29869 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29871 Supports highlighting.
29873 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29874 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29876 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29878 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29879 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29880 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29881 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29882 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29883 on the left side of your screen.
29884 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29885 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29886 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29887 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29888 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29889 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29890 function keyword.
29891 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29892 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29893 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29894 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29895 if (a)
29896 begin
29897 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29898 Indentation for case statements.
29899 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29900 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29901 mark after an end.
29902 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29903 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29904 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29905 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29906 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29907 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29908 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29909 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29910 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29911 if (a)
29912 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29913 otherwise you get:
29914 if (a)
29915 begin
29916 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29917 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29918 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29919 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29920 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29921 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29922 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29923 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29924 comments in tight quarters.
29925 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29926 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29928 Variables controlling other actions:
29930 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29931 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29932 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29934 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29936 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29938 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29939 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29940 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29942 Some other functions are:
29944 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29945 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29946 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29947 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29948 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29950 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29951 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29952 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29953 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29955 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29956 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29957 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29958 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29959 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29960 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29961 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29962 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29963 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29964 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29965 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29966 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29967 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29968 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29969 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29970 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29971 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29972 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29973 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29974 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29987 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29988 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29990 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29992 \(fn)" t nil)
29994 ;;;***
29996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21781
29997 ;;;;;; 3656 54151 987000))
29998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30000 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30001 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30003 Usage:
30004 ------
30006 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30007 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30008 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30009 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30010 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30011 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30012 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30013 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30014 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30016 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30017 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30018 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30019 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30021 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30022 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30023 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30024 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30025 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30027 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30028 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30031 HEADER INSERTION:
30032 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30033 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30034 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30037 STUTTERING:
30038 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30039 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30040 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30041 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30043 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30044 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30045 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30046 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30047 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30050 WORD COMPLETION:
30051 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30052 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30053 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30054 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30056 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30057 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30058 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30059 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30060 beginning with \"std\").
30062 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30063 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30064 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30065 stop.
30068 COMMENTS:
30069 `--' puts a single comment.
30070 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30071 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30072 with a comment in between.
30073 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30074 out following lines.
30075 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30076 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30077 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30078 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30080 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30081 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30082 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30083 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30084 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30085 non-nil.
30087 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30088 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30089 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30090 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30091 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30092 multi-line comments.
30095 INDENTATION:
30096 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30097 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30098 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30099 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30100 the entire region.
30102 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30103 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30104 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30105 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30107 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30108 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30109 and vice versa.
30111 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30112 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30114 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30115 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30116 line.
30119 ALIGNMENT:
30120 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30121 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30122 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30123 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30124 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30125 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30126 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30127 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30129 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30130 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30131 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30132 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30133 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30134 is non-nil.
30136 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30137 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30138 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30140 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30141 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30144 CODE FILLING:
30145 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30146 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30147 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30148 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30149 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30150 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30153 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30154 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30155 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30156 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30157 command:
30159 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30162 PORT TRANSLATION:
30163 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30164 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30165 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30166 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30167 internal signal initializations (menu).
30169 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30170 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30171 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30173 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30174 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30175 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30176 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30177 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30178 in subsequent paste operations.)
30180 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30181 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30182 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30185 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30186 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30187 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30188 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30189 association list with formals).
30192 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30193 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30194 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30195 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30196 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30197 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30198 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30199 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30200 `vhdl-testbench'.
30203 KEY BINDINGS:
30204 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30207 VHDL MENU:
30208 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30211 FILE BROWSER:
30212 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30213 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30214 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30216 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30217 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30220 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30221 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30222 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30223 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30225 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30226 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30227 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30229 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30230 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30231 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30232 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30234 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30235 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30236 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30237 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30238 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30240 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30241 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30242 required by secondary units.
30245 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30246 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30247 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30248 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30249 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30250 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30251 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30252 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30253 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30254 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30255 inputs to this component -> input port created
30256 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30257 outputs from this component -> output port created
30258 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30259 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30261 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30262 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30263 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30264 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30265 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30267 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30268 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30270 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30271 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30272 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30273 component instantiation is also supported (option
30274 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30276 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30277 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30278 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30279 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30280 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30281 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30282 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30283 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30284 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30285 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30286 generating the configuration.
30288 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30289 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30290 configurations in speedbar.
30292 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30295 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30296 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30297 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30298 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30299 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30300 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30301 information. New compilers can be added.
30303 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30304 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30307 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30308 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30309 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30310 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30311 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30313 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30314 command:
30316 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30317 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30318 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30320 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30321 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30322 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30323 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30324 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30325 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30326 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30327 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30328 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30330 Limitations:
30331 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30332 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30333 not (yet) supported.
30334 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30335 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30336 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30339 PROJECTS:
30340 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30341 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30342 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30343 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30344 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30345 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30346 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30347 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30349 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30350 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30351 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30352 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30353 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30354 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30355 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30356 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30357 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30358 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30359 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30362 SPECIAL MENUES:
30363 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30364 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30365 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30366 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30367 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30368 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30369 current directory for VHDL source files.
30372 VHDL STANDARDS:
30373 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30374 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30377 KEYWORD CASE:
30378 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30379 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30380 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30381 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30382 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30383 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30384 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30385 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30388 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30389 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30390 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30391 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30392 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30393 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30394 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30396 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30397 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30398 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30399 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30400 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30401 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30403 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30404 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30405 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30406 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30407 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30408 visually.
30410 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30411 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30412 highlighted if written in lower case.
30414 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30415 highlighted using a different background color if option
30416 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30418 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30419 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30420 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30421 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30422 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30425 USER MODELS:
30426 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30427 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30428 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30431 HIDE/SHOW:
30432 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30433 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30434 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30435 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30436 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30439 CODE UPDATING:
30440 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30441 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30442 Limitations:
30443 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30444 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30445 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30446 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30447 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30448 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30449 (used to obtain the port names).
30450 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30451 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30452 sensitivity lists.
30455 CODE FIXING:
30456 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30457 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30460 PRINTING:
30461 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30462 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30463 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30464 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30465 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30466 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30467 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30468 printers.
30471 OPTIONS:
30472 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30473 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30474 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30475 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30476 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30478 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30479 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30480 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30481 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30482 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30483 INSTALL file).
30485 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30486 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30489 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30490 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30491 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30492 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30494 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30497 HINTS:
30498 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30499 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30501 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30503 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30505 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30508 RELEASE NOTES:
30509 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30512 Maintenance:
30513 ------------
30515 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30516 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30518 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30520 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30521 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30522 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30523 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30525 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30526 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30527 where the latest version can be found.
30530 Known problems:
30531 ---------------
30533 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30534 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30535 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30536 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30539 The VHDL Mode Authors
30540 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30542 Key bindings:
30543 -------------
30545 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30547 \(fn)" t nil)
30549 ;;;***
30551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21710
30552 ;;;;;; 25077 591662 855000))
30553 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30555 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30556 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30558 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30560 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30561 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30562 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30563 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30565 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30567 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30568 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30570 \(fn)" t nil)
30572 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30573 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30574 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30575 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30577 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30579 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30580 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30582 \(fn)" t nil)
30584 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30587 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30589 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30592 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30594 ;;;***
30596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21710 25077 747662 160000))
30597 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30599 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30600 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30601 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30603 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30605 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30606 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30607 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30608 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30610 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30612 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30613 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30615 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30617 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30618 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30619 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30620 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30621 moving around in the buffer.
30622 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30623 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30625 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30627 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30629 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30630 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30631 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30632 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30634 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30635 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30636 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30637 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30638 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30640 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30642 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30644 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30645 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30646 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30647 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30648 buffer.
30650 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30651 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30652 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30653 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30654 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30656 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30658 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30660 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30661 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30662 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30663 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30664 moving around in the buffer.
30665 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30666 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30668 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30670 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30671 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30672 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30674 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30675 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30676 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30677 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30679 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30680 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30681 own View-like bindings.
30683 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30685 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30686 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30687 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30688 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30689 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30690 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30691 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30693 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30695 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30697 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30698 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30699 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30701 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30702 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30703 own View-like bindings.
30705 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30707 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30708 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30709 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30710 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30711 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30712 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30713 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30715 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30717 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30719 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30720 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30721 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30723 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30724 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30725 own View-like bindings.
30727 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30729 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30730 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30732 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30733 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30735 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30736 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30737 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30738 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30740 \\<view-mode-map>
30742 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30743 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30744 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30745 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30746 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30747 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30748 to a repeat count of one.
30750 H, h, ? This message.
30751 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30752 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30753 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30754 > move to the end of buffer.
30755 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30756 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30757 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30758 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30759 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30760 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30761 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30762 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30763 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30764 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30765 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30766 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30767 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30768 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30769 Use this to view a changing file.
30770 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30771 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30772 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30773 . set the mark.
30774 x exchanges point and mark.
30775 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30776 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30777 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30778 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30779 ' go to position saved in character register.
30780 s do forward incremental search.
30781 r do reverse incremental search.
30782 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30783 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30784 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30785 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30786 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30787 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30788 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30789 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30790 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30791 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30792 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30793 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30794 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30795 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30796 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30797 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30798 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30800 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30801 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30802 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30803 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30804 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30805 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30806 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30807 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30808 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30810 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30814 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30815 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30816 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30817 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30818 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30819 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30820 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30821 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30822 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30824 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30826 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30828 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30829 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30830 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30831 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30832 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30833 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30835 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30836 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30837 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30839 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30841 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30843 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30845 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30846 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30848 \(fn)" t nil)
30850 ;;;***
30852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21710 25077 525663
30853 ;;;;;; 150000))
30854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30855 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30857 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30858 Toggle Viper on/off.
30859 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30861 \(fn)" t nil)
30863 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30864 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30866 \(fn)" t nil)
30868 ;;;***
30870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21710
30871 ;;;;;; 25077 521663 168000))
30872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30874 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30875 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30876 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30877 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30878 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30879 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30880 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30881 the beginning of the warning.")
30883 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30884 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30885 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30886 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30887 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30888 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30889 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30890 also call that function before the next warning.")
30892 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30893 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30895 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30896 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30897 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30898 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30900 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30901 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30902 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30903 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30904 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30905 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30907 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30908 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30909 Default is :warning.
30911 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30912 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30913 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30914 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30915 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30916 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30918 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30919 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30920 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30922 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30924 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30925 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30927 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30929 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30930 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30931 \\<special-mode-map>
30932 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30933 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30935 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30936 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30937 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30938 can be whatever you like.)
30940 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30941 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30943 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30944 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30945 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30946 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30947 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30949 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30951 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30952 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30953 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30954 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30955 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30957 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30959 ;;;***
30961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21710 25077 747662 160000))
30962 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30963 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30965 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30966 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30967 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30968 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30969 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30970 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30971 directories to reflect your edits.
30973 See `wdired-mode'.
30975 \(fn)" t nil)
30977 ;;;***
30979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21710 25077 632662
30980 ;;;;;; 673000))
30981 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30983 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30984 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30986 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30987 hotlist.
30989 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30990 <nwv@acm.org>.
30992 \(fn)" t nil)
30994 ;;;***
30996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21781
30997 ;;;;;; 3656 54151 987000))
30998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30999 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31000 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31002 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31004 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31005 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31006 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31008 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31009 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31011 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31013 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31014 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31015 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31016 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31017 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31019 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31020 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31021 in certain major modes.
31023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31025 ;;;***
31027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21781 3656 91152
31028 ;;;;;; 133000))
31029 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31030 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31032 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31033 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31035 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31036 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31038 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31039 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31043 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31044 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31045 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31046 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31047 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31049 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31050 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31051 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31052 use `whitespace-mode'.
31054 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31058 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31059 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31060 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31061 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31062 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31063 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31065 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31067 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31068 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31069 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31070 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31071 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31073 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31074 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31078 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31079 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31080 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31083 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31085 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31087 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31088 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31090 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31091 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31093 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31094 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31095 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31096 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31098 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31102 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31103 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31105 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31106 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31108 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31109 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31111 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31113 CHAR MEANING
31114 (VIA FACES)
31115 f toggle face visualization
31116 t toggle TAB visualization
31117 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31118 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31119 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31120 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31121 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31122 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31123 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31124 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31125 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31126 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31127 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31128 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31129 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31130 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31131 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31133 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31134 T toggle TAB visualization
31135 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31136 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31138 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31139 ? display brief help
31141 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31142 The valid symbols are:
31144 face toggle face visualization
31145 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31146 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31147 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31148 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31149 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31150 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31151 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31152 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31153 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31154 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31155 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31156 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31157 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31158 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31159 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31160 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31162 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31163 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31164 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31166 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31168 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31170 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31172 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31173 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31175 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31176 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31178 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31179 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31181 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31183 CHAR MEANING
31184 (VIA FACES)
31185 f toggle face visualization
31186 t toggle TAB visualization
31187 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31188 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31189 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31190 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31191 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31192 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31193 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31194 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31195 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31196 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31197 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31198 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31199 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31200 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31201 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31203 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31204 T toggle TAB visualization
31205 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31206 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31208 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31209 ? display brief help
31211 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31212 The valid symbols are:
31214 face toggle face visualization
31215 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31216 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31217 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31218 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31219 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31220 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31221 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31222 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31223 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31224 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31225 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31226 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31227 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31228 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31229 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31230 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31232 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31233 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31234 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31236 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31238 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31240 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31242 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31243 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31245 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31246 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31247 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31248 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31249 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31251 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31253 The problems cleaned up are:
31255 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31256 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31257 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31258 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31260 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31261 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31262 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31263 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31264 SPACEs.
31265 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31266 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31267 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31268 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31270 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31271 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31272 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31273 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31274 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31275 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31276 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31277 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31279 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31280 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31281 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31283 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31284 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31285 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31286 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31287 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31288 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31289 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31290 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31292 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31293 documentation.
31295 \(fn)" t nil)
31297 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31298 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31300 The problems cleaned up are:
31302 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31303 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31304 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31305 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31306 SPACEs.
31307 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31308 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31309 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31310 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31312 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31313 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31314 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31315 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31316 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31317 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31318 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31319 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31321 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31322 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31323 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31325 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31326 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31327 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31328 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31329 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31330 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31331 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31332 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31334 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31335 documentation.
31337 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31339 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31340 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31342 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31343 non-nil.
31345 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31346 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31347 `whitespace-style' to have:
31349 empty
31350 trailing
31351 indentation
31352 space-before-tab
31353 space-after-tab
31355 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31356 whitespace problems in buffer.
31358 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31360 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31361 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31362 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31363 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31364 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31365 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31366 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31368 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31369 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31370 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31371 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31372 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31373 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31374 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31376 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31377 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31378 cleaning up these problems.
31380 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31382 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31383 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31385 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31386 non-nil.
31388 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31389 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31390 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31392 empty
31393 indentation
31394 space-before-tab
31395 trailing
31396 space-after-tab
31398 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31399 whitespace problems in buffer.
31401 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31403 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31404 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31405 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31406 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31407 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31408 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31409 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31411 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31412 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31413 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31414 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31415 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31416 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31417 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31419 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31420 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31421 cleaning up these problems.
31423 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31425 ;;;***
31427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21710 25077 747662
31428 ;;;;;; 160000))
31429 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31431 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31432 Browse the widget under point.
31434 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31436 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31437 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31439 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31441 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31442 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31444 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31446 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31447 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31448 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31449 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31450 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31454 ;;;***
31456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21781 3656 91152
31457 ;;;;;; 133000))
31458 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31460 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31461 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31463 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31465 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31466 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31467 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31469 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31471 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31472 Create widget of TYPE.
31473 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31475 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31477 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31478 Delete WIDGET.
31480 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31482 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31483 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31485 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31487 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31488 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31489 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31490 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31492 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31493 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31495 \(fn)" nil nil)
31497 ;;;***
31499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21781 3656 93152
31500 ;;;;;; 141000))
31501 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31503 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31504 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31505 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31506 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31507 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31508 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31509 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31513 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31514 Select the window above the current one.
31515 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31516 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31517 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31518 negative ARG) of the current window.
31519 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31523 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31524 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31525 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31526 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31527 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31528 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31529 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31533 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31534 Select the window below the current one.
31535 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31536 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31537 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31538 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31539 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31543 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31544 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31545 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31546 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31548 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31550 ;;;***
31552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21781 3656 95152 148000))
31553 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31555 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31556 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31557 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31559 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31560 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31562 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31564 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31565 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31566 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31567 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31568 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31569 \\{winner-mode-map}
31571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31573 ;;;***
31575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21781 3656 95152 148000))
31576 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31577 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31579 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31580 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31581 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31582 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31583 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31585 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31587 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31588 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31589 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31590 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31591 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31592 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31593 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31594 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31596 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31597 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31599 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31601 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31602 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31604 \(fn)" t nil)
31606 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31607 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31608 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31609 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31610 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31611 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31612 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31613 `woman' command for further details.
31615 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31617 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31618 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31620 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31622 ;;;***
31624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21710 25077 751662 142000))
31625 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31627 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31628 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31629 Return the top node with all its children.
31630 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31632 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31633 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31634 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31636 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31638 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31639 namespace to URIs instead.
31641 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31642 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31644 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31646 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31648 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31650 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31651 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31652 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31653 not contain well-formed XML.
31655 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31656 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31657 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31658 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31659 element of the list.
31660 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31661 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31662 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31664 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31666 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31667 namespace to URIs instead.
31669 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31670 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31672 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31674 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31676 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31678 ;;;***
31680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21710 25077 636662
31681 ;;;;;; 655000))
31682 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31684 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31685 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31686 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31687 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31688 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31689 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31690 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31691 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31692 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31693 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31695 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31697 ;;;***
31699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21781 3656 96152
31700 ;;;;;; 152000))
31701 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31703 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31704 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31705 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31706 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31707 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31708 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31710 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31712 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31713 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31714 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31715 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31716 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31718 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31719 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31720 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31721 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31722 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31723 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31727 ;;;***
31729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21710 25077 573662 936000))
31730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31732 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31733 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31735 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31737 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31738 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31740 \(fn)" nil nil)
31742 ;;;***
31744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21710 25077 673662 490000))
31745 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31747 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31748 Zone out, completely.
31750 \(fn)" t nil)
31752 ;;;***
31754 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21781 6189 419818
31971 ;;;;;; 127000))
31973 ;;;***
31975 (provide 'loaddefs)
31976 ;; Local Variables:
31977 ;; version-control: never
31978 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31979 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31980 ;; coding: utf-8
31981 ;; End:
31982 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here